diff options
author | Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> | 2011-07-31 18:27:40 +0000 |
---|---|---|
committer | Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> | 2011-07-31 18:27:40 +0000 |
commit | 1b26357f303f48ae0b233a5fee9c2e5b8c3d8647 (patch) | |
tree | 7fc300fb4b7a180433559b69e8f2362d1cfe5ac7 | |
parent | dac945b204407dae96f70ec228206516093156d7 (diff) |
l3packages (5jun11)
git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@23283 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751
20 files changed, 10464 insertions, 1 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3packages/README b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3packages/README new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f926499e5d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3packages/README @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ + + LaTeX3 High-Level Concepts + ========================== + + 2011/06/30 + + +WHERE TO GET IT +--------------- + +The files in this distribution represent a snapshot of selected files +from the Subversion (SVN) repository of the LaTeX3 Project. + +To obtain current versions of the files, visit +<http://www.latex-project.org/code.html> which contains further +instructions. + +OVERVIEW +-------- + +The l3packages collection is contains implementations for aspects of the +LaTeX3 kernel, dealing with higher-level ideas such as the Designer +Interface. The packages here are considered broadly stable (The LaTeX3 +Project does not expect the interfaces to alter radically). These +packages are build on LaTeX2e conventions at the interface level, and +so may not migrate in the current form to a stand-alone LaTeX3 format. + +All of the material in the collection requires the LaTeX3 base layer +package [l3kernel](http://ctan.org/pkg/l3kernel). The two packages must +be installed in matching versions: if you update l3packages, make sure +that l3kernel is updated at the same time. + +Currently included in the CTAN release of l3packages are the following +bundles: + * l3keys2e + * xfrac + * xparse + * xtemplate + +l3keys2e +-------- + +The l3keys2e package allows keys defined using l3keys to be used +as package and class options with LaTeX2e. This is tied to the +method the existing kernel uses for processing options, and so it +is likely that a stand-alone LaTeX3 kernel will use a very different +approach. + +xfrac +----- + +The xfrac package uses the interface defined by xtemplate to provide +flexible split-level fractions _via_ the `\sfrac` macro. This is both a +demonstration of the power of the template concept and also a useful +addition to the available functionality in LaTeX2e. + +xparse +----- + +The xparse package provides a high-level interface for declaring +document commands, e.g., a uniform way to define commands taking +optional arguments, optional stars (and others), mandatory arguments +and more. + +xtemplate +----- + +The xtemplate package provides an interface for defining generic +functions using a key=val syntax. This is designed to be +"self-documenting", with the key definitions providing information +on how they are to be used. + +DISCUSSION +---------- + +Discussion concerning the approach, suggestions for improvements, +changes, additions, etc. should be addressed to the list LaTeX-L. + +You can subscribe to this list by sending mail to + + listserv@urz.uni-heidelberg.de + +with the body containing + + subscribe LATEX-L <Your-First-Name> <Your-Second-Name> + +BUGS +---- + +The issue tracker for LaTeX3 bugs is currently located at + + https://github.com/latex3/svn-mirror/issues + +Please report specific issues with LaTeX3 code there. More general +discussion should be directed to the LaTeX-L lists. + +--- Copyright 1998 -- 2011 + The LaTeX3 Project. All rights reserved --- diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3packages/l3keys2e/l3keys2e.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3packages/l3keys2e/l3keys2e.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e9aab325c68 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3packages/l3keys2e/l3keys2e.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3packages/xfrac/xfrac.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3packages/xfrac/xfrac.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..433d5bff3e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3packages/xfrac/xfrac.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3packages/xparse/xparse.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3packages/xparse/xparse.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e337ec061a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3packages/xparse/xparse.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3packages/xtemplate/xtemplate.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3packages/xtemplate/xtemplate.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..39a772965c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3packages/xtemplate/xtemplate.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/l3keys2e/l3keys2e.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/l3keys2e/l3keys2e.dtx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4d1930a05e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/l3keys2e/l3keys2e.dtx @@ -0,0 +1,334 @@ +% \iffalse meta-comment +% +%% File: l3keys2e.dtx (C) Copyright 2009,2011 The LaTeX3 Project +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the +%% LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this +%% license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version +%% of this license is in the file +%% +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% +%% This file is part of the "l3packages bundle" (The Work in LPPL) +%% and all files in that bundle must be distributed together. +%% +%% The released version of this bundle is available from CTAN. +%% +%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- +%% +%% The development version of the bundle can be found at +%% +%% http://www.latex-project.org/svnroot/experimental/trunk/ +%% +%% for those people who are interested. +%% +%%%%%%%%%%% +%% NOTE: %% +%%%%%%%%%%% +%% +%% Snapshots taken from the repository represent work in progress and may +%% not work or may contain conflicting material! We therefore ask +%% people _not_ to put them into distributions, archives, etc. without +%% prior consultation with the LaTeX Project Team. +%% +%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- +%% +% +%<*driver|package> +\RequirePackage{xparse} +\GetIdInfo$Id: l3keys2e.dtx 2492 2011-07-02 13:40:38Z joseph $ + {LaTeX2e option processing using LaTeX3 keys} +%</driver|package> +%<*driver> +\documentclass[full]{l3doc} +\usepackage{amstext} +\begin{document} + \DocInput{\jobname.dtx} +\end{document} +%</driver> +% \fi +% +% \title{^^A +% The \textsf{l3keys2e} package\\ +% \LaTeXe{} option processing using \LaTeX3 keys^^A +% \thanks{This file describes v\ExplFileVersion, +% last revised \ExplFileDate.}^^A +% } +% +% \author{^^A +% The \LaTeX3 Project\thanks +% {^^A +% E-mail: +% \href{mailto:latex-team@latex-project.org} +% {latex-team@latex-project.org}^^A +% }^^A +% } +% +% \date{Released \ExplFileDate} +% +% \maketitle +% +% \begin{documentation} +% +% The key--value method for optional arguments is very popular, as it +% allows the class or package author to define a large number of +% options with a simple interface. The \pkg{expl3} bundle of \LaTeX3 +% base code includes the module \pkg{l3keys} for defining keys, but +% to use these when loading \LaTeXe\ packages and classes requires +% extra support. That support is provided by this small package, which +% is intended to enable \LaTeXe\ packages to benefit from the power of +% the \LaTeX3 key--value system. +% +% \subsection{Creating and using keyval options} +% +% As with any key--value input, using key--value pairs as package or +% class options has two parts. The first stage is to define one or +% more keys, using the \cs{keys_define:nn} function. For example, an +% option which simply stores a value would be created using: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \keys_define:nn { module } +% { option .set:N = \l_module_variable_tl } +% \end{verbatim} +% On its own, this will not make the key an option for the package or +% class containing the definition. The second stage is therefore to +% process the current options, searching for applicable keys. +% +% \begin{function}{\ProcessKeysOptions} +% \begin{syntax} +% \cs{ProcessKeysOptions} \Arg{module} +% \end{syntax} +% The \cs{ProcessKeysOptions} function is used to check the current +% option list against the keys defined for \Arg{module}. Global (class) +% options and local (package) options are checked when this function +% is called in a package. Each option which does match a key name is +% then used to attempt to set the appropriate key using +% \cs{keys_set:nn}. For example, the option defined earlier would be +% processed by the line +% \begin{verbatim} +% \ProcessKeysOptions { module } +% \end{verbatim} +% \end{function} +% +% \begin{function}{\ProcessKeysPackageOptions} +% \begin{syntax} +% \cs{ProcessKeysPackageOptions} \Arg{module} +% \end{syntax} +% This function works in a similar manner to \cs{ProcessKeysOptions}. +% When used in a \LaTeXe{} package, \cs{ProcessKeysPackageOptions} +% will not examine any class options available. In contrast, +% \cs{ProcessKeysOptions} does parse class options (in common with the +% \LaTeXe{} kernel function \cs{ProcessOptions}). +% \end{function} +% +%\end{documentation} +% +%\begin{implementation} +% +%\subsection{\pkg{l3keys2e} Implementation} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*package> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\ProvidesExplPackage + {\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% A check to make sure that \pkg{expl3} is not too old +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifpackagelater { l3token } { 2011/07/02 } + { } + { + \PackageError { l3keys2e } { Support~package~l3kernel~too~old. } + { + Please~install~an~up~to~date~version~of~l3kernel~ + using~your~TeX~package~manager~or~from~CTAN.\\ \\ + Loading~l3keys2e~will~abort! + } + \tex_endinput:D + } +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}{\keys_latexe_options_clist} +% A single list is used for all options, into which they are collected +% before processing. +% \begin{macrocode} +\clist_new:N \keys_latexe_options_clist +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\_l_keys_process_class_bool} +% A flag to indicate that class options should be processed for +% packages. +% \begin{macrocode} +\bool_new:N \_l_keys_process_class_bool +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\keys_latexe_options:n} +% The main function calls functions to collect up the global and local +% options into \cs{keys_latexe_options_clist} before calling the +% underlying functions to actually do the processing. So that a suitable +% message is produced if the option is unknown, the special +% \texttt{unknown} key is set if it does not already exist for the +% current module. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \keys_latexe_options:n #1 + { + \clist_clear:N \keys_latexe_options_clist + \keys_latexe_options_global:n {#1} + \keys_latexe_options_local: + \keys_if_exist:nnF {#1} { unknown } + { + \keys_define:nn {#1} + { + unknown .code:n = + { + \msg_error:nnxx { keyvalue } { option-unknown } + { \l_keys_key_tl } { \@currname } + } + } + } + \keys_set:nV {#1} \keys_latexe_options_clist + \AtEndOfPackage { \cs_set_eq:NN \@unprocessedoptions \scan_stop: } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\keys_latexe_options_global:n} +% Global (class) options are handled differently for \LaTeXe{} packages +% and classes. Hence this function is essentially a check on the current +% file type. The initial test is needed as \LaTeXe{} allows variables to +% be equal to \cs{scan_stop:}, which is forbidden in \LaTeX3 code. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \keys_latexe_options_global:n #1 + { + \cs_if_eq:NNF \@classoptionslist \scan_stop: + { + \cs_if_eq:NNTF \@currext \@clsextension + { \keys_latexe_options_class:n {#1} } + { + \bool_if:NT \_l_keys_process_class_bool + { \keys_latexe_options_package:n {#1} } + } + } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\keys_latexe_options_class:n} +% For classes, each option (stripped of any content after |=|) +% is checked for existence as a key. If found, the option is added to +% the combined list for processing. On the other hand, unused options +% are stored up in \cs{@unusedoptionlist}. Before any of that, though, +% there is a simple check to see if there is an |unknown| key. If there +% is, then \emph{everything} will match and the mapping can be skipped. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \keys_latexe_options_class:n #1 + { + \keys_if_exist:nnTF {#1} { unknown } + { \clist_put_right:No \keys_latexe_options_clist \@classoptionslist } + { + \clist_map_inline:Nn \@classoptionslist + { + \keys_if_exist:nnTF {#1} { \keys_latexe_remove_equals:n {##1} } + { \clist_put_right:Nn \keys_latexe_options_clist {##1} } + { \clist_put_right:Nn \@unusedoptionlist {##1} } + } + } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\keys_latexe_options_package:n} +% For global options when processing a package, the tasks are slightly +% different from those for a class. The check is the same, but here +% there is nothing to do if the option is not applicable. Each valid +% option also needs to be removed from \cs{@unusedoptionlist}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \keys_latexe_options_package:n #1 + { + \clist_map_inline:Nn \@classoptionslist + { + \keys_if_exist:nnT {#1} { \keys_latexe_remove_equals:n {##1} } + { + \clist_put_right:Nn \keys_latexe_options_clist {##1} + \clist_remove_element:Nn \@unusedoptionlist {##1} + } + } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\keys_latexe_options_local:} +% If local options are found, the are added to the processing list. +% \LaTeXe{} stores options for each file in a macro which may or may not +% exist, hence the need to use \cs{cs_if_exist:c}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \keys_latexe_options_local: + { + \cs_if_eq:NNF \@currext \@clsextension + { + \cs_if_exist:cT { opt@ \@currname . \@currext } + { + \exp_args:NNc \clist_put_right:NV \keys_latexe_options_clist + { opt@ \@currname . \@currext } + } + } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\keys_latexe_remove_equals:n} +% \begin{macro}{\keys_latexe_remove_equals:w} +% As the name suggests, this is a simple function to remove an equals +% sign from the input. This is all wrapped up in an \texttt{n} function +% so that there will always be a sign available. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new:Npn \keys_latexe_remove_equals:n #1 + { \keys_latexe_remove_equals:w #1 = \q_stop } +\cs_new:Npn \keys_latexe_remove_equals:w #1 = #2 \q_stop {#1} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ProcessKeysOptions} +% \begin{macro}{\ProcessKeysOptions} +% The user macro are simply wrappers around the internal process. In +% contrast to other similar packages, the module name is always required +% here. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \ProcessKeysOptions #1 + { + \bool_set_true:N \_l_keys_process_class_bool + \keys_latexe_options:n {#1} + } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \ProcessKeysPackageOptions #1 + { + \bool_set_false:N \_l_keys_process_class_bool + \keys_latexe_options:n {#1} + } +\@onlypreamble \ProcessKeysOptions +\@onlypreamble \ProcessKeysPackageOptions +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +%\end{macro} +% +% One message to give. +% \begin{macrocode} +\msg_new:nnnn { keyvalue } { option-unknown } + { Unknown~option~'#1'~for~package~#2. } + { + LaTeX~has~been~asked~to~set~an~option~called~'#1'~ + but~the~#2~package~has~not~created~an~option~with~this~name. + } +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%</package> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{implementation} +% +% \PrintIndex diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/l3keys2e/l3keys2e.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/l3keys2e/l3keys2e.ins new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fa9b799b037 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/l3keys2e/l3keys2e.ins @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +\iffalse meta-comment + +File xparse.ins Copyright (C) 2009,2011 The LaTeX3 Project + +It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the +LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this +license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version +of this license is in the file + + http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt + +This file is part of the "xpackage bundle" (The Work in LPPL) +and all files in that bundle must be distributed together. + +The released version of this bundle is available from CTAN. + +\fi + +\input docstrip.tex +\askforoverwritefalse + +\preamble + +EXPERIMENTAL CODE + +Do not distribute this file without also distributing the +source files specified above. + +Do not distribute a modified version of this file. + +\endpreamble +% stop docstrip adding \endinput +\postamble +\endpostamble + +\keepsilent + +\generate{\file{l3keys2e.sty} {\from{l3keys2e.dtx} {package}}} + +\endbatchfile diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/xfrac/xfrac.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/xfrac/xfrac.dtx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..371372fce44 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/xfrac/xfrac.dtx @@ -0,0 +1,1134 @@ +% \iffalse meta-comment +% +%% File: xfrac.dtx Copyright (C) 2004, 2008-2010 Morten Hoegholm +%% (C) 2011 The LaTeX3 Project +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the +%% LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this +%% license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version +%% of this license is in the file +%% +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% +%% This file is part of the "l3packages bundle" (The Work in LPPL) +%% and all files in that bundle must be distributed together. +%% +%% The released version of this bundle is available from CTAN. +%% +%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- +%% +%% The development version of the bundle can be found at +%% +%% http://www.latex-project.org/svnroot/experimental/trunk/ +%% +%% for those people who are interested. +%% +%%%%%%%%%%% +%% NOTE: %% +%%%%%%%%%%% +%% +%% Snapshots taken from the repository represent work in progress and may +%% not work or may contain conflicting material! We therefore ask +%% people _not_ to put them into distributions, archives, etc. without +%% prior consultation with the LaTeX Project Team. +%% +%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- +%% +% +%<*driver|package> +\RequirePackage{amstext,graphicx,l3keys2e,textcomp,xparse,xtemplate} +\GetIdInfo$Id: xfrac.dtx 2349 2011-05-11 18:44:37Z joseph $ + {L3 Experimental split-level fractions} +%</driver|package> +%<*driver> +\documentclass[full]{l3doc} +\usepackage{nicefrac,xfrac} ^^A Need nicefrac for demo purposes +\providecommand*\key[1]{\textbf{#1}} +\newcommand*\switch[2]{{\fontfamily{#1}\selectfont #2}} +\begin{document} + \DocInput{\jobname.dtx} +\end{document} +%</driver> +% \fi +% +% \title{^^A +% The \textsf{xfrac} package\\ Split-level fractions^^A +% \thanks{This file describes v\ExplFileVersion, +% last revised \ExplFileDate.}^^A +% } +% +% \author{^^A +% The \LaTeX3 Project\thanks +% {^^A +% E-mail: +% \href{mailto:latex-team@latex-project.org} +% {latex-team@latex-project.org}^^A +% }^^A +% } +% +% \date{Released \ExplFileDate} +% +% \maketitle +% +% \begin{documentation} +% +% The \pkg{xfrac} package defines a document command \cs{sfrac} +% with the following syntax: +% \begin{quote} +% \cs{sfrac}\oarg{instance}\marg{num}\oarg{sep}\marg{denom} +% \end{quote} +% Let's show a few examples: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \sfrac{1}{2}, $\sfrac{1}{2}$, +% $\mathbf{3\times\sfrac{1}{2}}$ +% \quad \fontfamily{ppl}\selectfont Palatino: \sfrac{1}{2} +% \quad \fontfamily{ptm}\selectfont Times: \sfrac{1}{2} +% \end{verbatim} +% \begin{quote} +% \sfrac{1}{2}, $\sfrac{1}{2}$, $\mathbf{3\times\sfrac{1}{2}}$ +% \quad \fontfamily{ppl}\selectfont Palatino: \sfrac{1}{2} +% \quad \fontfamily{ptm}\selectfont Times: \sfrac{1}{2} +% \end{quote} +% You'll notice something interesting: not only does the \cs{sfrac} +% command work as it should in math mode, it also gets the job done +% for other fonts as well. +% +% \section{A Bit of History} +% +% \subsection{The Past} +% +% One of the first exercises in \emph{The \TeX{}Book} is to design a +% macro for split level fractions. The solution presented is fairly +% simple, using a \emph{virgule} (a slash) for separating the two +% components. It looks okay because the text font and math font of +% Computer Modern look almost identical. +% +% The proper symbol to use instead of the virgule is a \emph{solidus} +% which does not exist in Computer Modern. It is however available in +% the European Computer Modern fonts, but I'll get back to that. +% +% \subsection{The Present} +% +% The most common way to produce split level fractions within \LaTeXe{} +% is by means of the \pkg{nicefrac} package. Part of the reason it +% has found widespread use is due to the strange design of the +% built-in text fractions of the EC fonts, which look like this: +% \textonehalf{}. The package is very simple to use but there are a few +% issues: +% \begin{itemize} +% \item It uses the virgule instead of the solidus. +% \item Font size of numerator and denominator is bigger than in the +% built-in symbol. Compare Palatino: \switch{ppl}{\nicefrac{1}{2}} +% \emph{vs.}~\switch{ppl}{\textonehalf}. +% \item It doesn't correct for fonts using text figures such as in the +% \pkg{eco} package. Compare \switch{cmor}{\nicefrac{1}{2}} and +% \switch{cmor}{\nicefrac{8}{9}}. +% \item In math mode, it doesn't always pick up the correct math +% alphabet. +% \end{itemize} +% In short: \pkg{nicefrac} doesn't attempt to be the answer to +% everything and so this is not a criticism of the package. It works +% quite well for Computer Modern which was pretty much what was widely +% available at the time it was developed. Users these days, however, +% have a choice of many fonts when they write their documents. +% +% \subsection{The Future} +% +% Fonts are wildly different; one macro that works fine for Computer +% Modern obviously doesn't work well at all in Palatino. For one we +% have to make the separator symbol configurable, and we need to +% take care of several details as well: font scaling of the +% numerator/denominator pair (ND), font selection of ND, \emph{etc.} If we +% are to have a single package for this in the future we have to define a +% totally generic interface for the fraction commands and then adjust +% parameters depending on the current font. What you see in this +% prototype implementation of \pkg{xfrac} is just that. +% +% \section{Advanced User Interface} +% +% \subsection{Text mode} +% +% The usual problem in text mode has a name: Computer Modern. The +% solidi of all the Computer Modern fonts leave a lot to be desired, +% although things are potentially looking better as the Latin Modern +% fonts are becoming more stable and widespread. As long as the +% default fonts are Computer Modern variants we must however work +% around this. One idea that comes to mind is to see what happens +% when you use a solidus from another font instead. Let's try with +% Times: +% \begin{quote} +% \DeclareInstance{xfrac}{cmr2}{text} +% {slash-symbol-font = ptm} +% \enquote{You take \sfrac[cmr2]{1}{2} cup of sugar, \ldots} +% \end{quote} +% That looks quite good actually, so it was probably very difficult +% to obtain that result. Nope, it was extremely easy---if you happen +% to know about \emph{instances}: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \DeclareInstance{xfrac}{cmr}{text} +% {slash-symbol-font = ptm} +% \end{verbatim} +% So we define an instance with the name |cmr| from the template +% |text| which in turn is of object type |xfrac|. You'll notice +% the |cmr| is also the name of the font family for Computer Modern +% Roman and the reasoning behind is that every font family should +% have it's own settings, and if a document command is to work well +% in that scheme, letting it use the name of the current font family +% seems like a good idea. Thus the \cs{sfrac} command checks to see +% whether an instance with same name as the current font family +% exists and uses it if the test is true; otherwise the default +% setting is used. Here we defined the instance to be used for the +% font family |cmr| and just told it to use the Times font for +% typesetting the slash symbol which turns out to be a solidus by +% default. +% +% The option \texttt{cm-recommended} which is loaded by default uses +% the Times solidus for Computer Modern Roman and Computer Modern +% Sans Serif and the Palatino solidus for Computer Modern Typewriter +% Type. This looks quite good. Should you however not want this you +% can use the option \texttt{cm-standard} which produces somewhat +% acceptable results using Computer Modern exclusively. +% +% So what about old style figures? If you use the \pkg{eco} +% package you might define an instance similar to this (`cmor' is +% the name of the roman font activated by \pkg{eco}): +% \DeclareInstance{xfrac}{cmor}{text} +% { +% slash-symbol-font = ptm, +% numerator-font = cmr, +% denominator-font = cmr +% } +% \begin{verbatim} +% \DeclareInstance{xfrac}{cmor}{text} +% { +% slash-symbol-font = ptm, +% numerator-font = cmr, +% denominator-font = cmr +% } +% \end{verbatim} +% We also use regular Computer Modern Roman for typesetting ND, so +% we end up with \switch{cmor}{\sfrac{1}{2}} and +% \switch{cmor}{\sfrac{8}{9}} instead of +% \switch{cmor}{\nicefrac{1}{2}} and \switch{cmor}{\nicefrac{8}{9}}. +% Much better. +% +% There are also situations where other tricks are useful. If you +% don't have the inferior and superior figures available in a font, +% or the font doesn't have a wider design for small font sizes, you +% can cheat by manually scaling the ND-pair. I got nice results for +% Adobe's Stempel Garamond (with small caps and old style figures) +% with the following setup: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \DeclareInstance{xfrac}{pegj}{text} +% { +% numerator-font = pegx, +% denominator-font = pegx, +% scale-factor = 0.9, +% h-scale = 1.1 +% } +% \end{verbatim} +% We use the font family |pegx| (Stempel Garamond with real small +% caps) for typesetting the ND-pair. Additionally the key +% \key{scale-factor} specifies that the font size used for the +% ND-pair should be $0.9$ of the height of the solidus, and the key +% \key{h-scale} specifies that the ND-pair should be scaled an extra +% 10\,\% horizontally. +% +% Should you be so fortunate the have a font with inferior and +% superior figures like in the Monotype Janson example from Philipp +% Lehman's excellent \emph{The Font Installation Guide}. In that +% example Philipp defines the font families |mjn0| for the inferior +% figures and |mjn1| for the superior. Thus to get the \cs{sfrac} +% command to use them on the fly for the font family |mjnj| (Janson, +% old style figures) we would say +% \begin{verbatim} +% \DeclareInstance{xfrac}{mjnj}{text} +% { +% numerator-font = mjn1, +% denominator-font = mjn0, +% scaling = false, +% numerator-bot-sep = 0 pt, +% denominator-bot-sep = 0 pt +% } +% \end{verbatim} +% I think this example is a very clean way to do it. An alternative +% approach could be to use the keys \key{numerator-format} and +% \key{denominator-format} to process the arguments and let them +% determine what to do. +% +% \subsection{Math Mode} +% +% In math mode the choices are a lot fewer because first of all +% \TeX{} comes with a built-in limitation of $16$ math families. +% Additionally we will not need a solidus for typesetting split +% fractions in math, as tradition is to use a virgule instead. We +% define the basic |mathdefault| instance to simply use the math +% family in use when the instance is run. So if we're in normal math +% like |$\sfrac{7}{9}$| we simply get family~$-1$. If we're inside a +% \cs{mathbf} we're in family~$4$ (in the standard setup at least), +% and so the fraction is typeset with the same math family. Simple, +% isn't? +% +% You can also declare instances for the math families, but I really +% don't see why you would. If you do then name them according to the +% scheme \texttt{mathfam\meta{N}}, where \meta{N} is the family number, and +% only do it if you \emph{really} know how to set up math fonts. +% That is, if \cs{DeclareMathAlphabet} is unbeknownst to you, then +% just don't go there. +% +% Another example: If we want \cs{sfrac} to produce split fractions +% without doing anything at all, we can choose the collection +% |plainmath|, which is defined as +% \begin{verbatim} +% \DeclareCollectionInstance{plainmath}{xfrac}{mathdefault}{math} +% { +% denominator-bot-sep = 0 pt, +% numerator-bot-sep = 0 pt, +% numerator-top-sep = \c_max_dim, +% scaling = false, +% slash-right-mkern = 0 mu, +% slash-left-mkern = 0 mu +% } +% \end{verbatim} +% This creates an alternative version of the instance |mathdefault| +% with settings as specified by the keys. In the default math setup +% \key{numerator-top-sep} is set to 0~pt, and here we set +% \key{numerator-bot-sep} to 0~pt as well, so in order to avoid +% over-specification (and an error message) we must set +% \key{numerator-top-sep} to \cs{c_max_dim}. We activate (obeying +% normal scoping rules) it with: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \UseCollection{xfrac}{plainmath} +% \end{verbatim} +% Then |$\sfrac{8}{13}$| produces^^A +% \begingroup +% \UseCollection{xfrac}{plainmath} +% $\sfrac{8}{13}$ and just typing |$8/13$| gives the same result: +% $8/13$. +% \endgroup +% +% \section{The Template Interface} +% +% \begin{TemplateInterfaceDescription}{xfrac} +% +% \TemplateArgument{1}{The numerator} +% +% \TemplateArgument{2}{The separator} +% +% \TemplateArgument{3}{The denominator} +% +% \TemplateSemantics +% +% Typesets arguments 1 and 3 separated by argument 2, which in text +% mode by default is a \emph{solidus}. This is taken from +% \pkg{textcomp} where it is denoted \cs{textfractionsolidus}. +% This is the character used for the ready made split level +% fractions such as \textonehalf{}---except in the (European) Computer +% Modern fonts. In math mode a \emph{virgule} is used instead as +% this is more appropriate and it is always available in the math +% fonts. The solidus is a text symbol only. +% +% \end{TemplateInterfaceDescription} +% +% \begin{TemplateDescription}{xfrac}{text} +% +% \TemplateKey{numerator-font}{tokenlist} +% {Font family specification to use for the numerator.} +% {\cs{f@family}} +% +% \TemplateKey{numerator-format}{function 1 arg} +% {Action to be taken on the numerator.} +% {Process argument unchanged} +% +% \TemplateKey{slash-symbol}{tokenlist} +% {The separator symbol. If not specified the default value will be +% used instead.} +% {Solidus (\cs{textfractionsolidus})} +% +% \TemplateKey{slash-symbol-font}{tokenlist} +% {Font family specification to use for the separator symbol.} +% {\cs{f@family}} +% +% \TemplateKey{slash-symbol-format}{function 1 arg} +% {Action to be taken on the separator symbol.} +% {Process argument unchanged} +% +% \TemplateKey{denominator-font}{tokenlist} +% {Font family specification to use for the denominator.} +% {\cs{f@family}} +% +% \TemplateKey{denominator-format}{function 1 arg} +% {Action to be taken on the denominator.} +% {Process argument unchanged} +% +% \TemplateKey{h-scale}{real} +% {Factor by which the numerator and denominator should be +% horizontally scaled. It should only be used if the real superior +% and inferior fonts are not available. For instance Stempel +% Garamond looks excellent if scaled 10\,\% extra horizontally, \emph{i.e.}, +% by a factor of 1.1.} +% {1} +% +% \TemplateKey{v-scale}{real} +% {Same as \key{h-scale} only vertically. Probably not of much use +% but added for completeness.} +% {1} +% +% \TemplateKey{scale-factor}{real} +% {Fraction of the size of \key{slash-symbol}. Used for setting the +% font size of numerator and denominator. Usually a value of app.\ +% \sfrac{5}{6} produces fine results. It should only be used if the +% real superior and inferior fonts are not available. As an example +% Stempel Garamond looks better if the factor is 0.9.} +% {0.83333} +% +% \TemplateKey{scale-relative}{choice} +% {If set to |true| the font size of the numerator and denominator +% is scaled with respect to the height of the \key{slash-symbol}. If +% set to |false| the font is scaled with respect to the total height +% of the \key{slash-symbol}.} +% {true} +% +% \TemplateKey{scaling}{choice} +% {If set to |true| the fonts are allowed to scale. If set to +% |false| they are not. See the `Janson' example for an application.} +% {true} +% +% \TemplateKey{numerator-top-sep}{length} +% {Dimension specifying the space between the top of the +% \key{slash-symbol} and the top of the numerator. If not specified, +% the depth of the solidus will be used, because this value will +% make the fraction look even.} +% {Unspecified} +% +% \TemplateKey{numerator-bot-sep}{length} +% {Dimension specifying the lift of the numerator from the +% baseline.} +% {Unspecified} +% +% \TemplateKey{denominator-bot-sep}{length} +% {Dimension specifying the lift of the denominator from the +% baseline.} +% {Unspecified} +% +% \TemplateKey{slash-right-kern}{length} +% {Dimension specifying the kerning between the \key{slash-symbol} +% and the numerator.} +% {\texttt{0pt}} +% +% \TemplateKey{slash-left-kern}{length} +% {Dimension specifying the kerning between the \key{slash-symbol} +% and the denominator.} +% {\texttt{0pt}} +% +% \TemplateKey{math-mode}{choice} +% {Are we in math mode or not?} +% {false} +% +% \TemplateKey{phantom}{tokenlist} +% {A character that suits the common cases. As we would mostly want +% to use numbers in text mode we choose a \enquote{tall} number, while in +% math it is somewhat different.} +% {8} +% +% \TemplateSemantics +% +% This template is also the foundation for the \enquote{math} template. The +% keys \key{slash-right-mkern} and \key{slash-left-mkern} can only +% be used in math mode and are not shown here. +% +% \end{TemplateDescription} +% +% \begin{TemplateDescription}{xfrac}{math} +% +% \TemplateKey{numerator-font}{tokenlist} +% {Font family specification to use for the numerator.} +% {\cs{number}\cs{fam}} +% +% \TemplateKey{slash-symbol}{tokenlist} +% {The separator symbol. If not specified the default value will be +% used instead.} +% {Virgule ($/$)} +% +% \TemplateKey{slash-symbol-font}{tokenlist} +% {Font family specification to use for the separator symbol.} +% {\cs{number}\cs{fam}} +% +% \TemplateKey{denominator-font}{tokenlist} +% {Font family specification to use for the denominator.} +% {\cs{number}\cs{fam}} +% +% \TemplateKey{scale-factor}{real} +% {Fraction of the size of \key{slash-symbol}. In math mode we +% cannot rely on the fonts to be able to scale, but giving a default +% scale of 0.7 fits into the regular size changing scheme---the +% default scheme has values $(D,T,S,SS)=(1,1,0.7,0.5)$ whereas we +% with a default \key{scale-factor} of 0.7 get $(1,1,0.7,0.49)$. +% That's close enough.} +% {0.7} +% +% \TemplateKey{scale-relative}{choice} +% {If set to |true| the font size of the numerator and denominator +% is scaled with respect to the height of the \key{slash-symbol}. If +% set to |false| the font is scaled with respect to the total height +% of the \key{slash-symbol}.} +% {false} +% +% \TemplateKey{scaling}{choice} +% {If set to |true| the fonts are allowed to scale. If set to +% |false| they are not. See the |plainmath| example for an application.} +% {true} +% +% \TemplateKey{numerator-top-sep}{length} +% {Dimension specifying the space between the top of the +% \key{slash-symbol} and the top of the numerator. If not specified, +% the depth of the virgule will be used, because this value will +% make the fraction look even.} +% {\texttt{0pt}} +% +% \TemplateKey{denominator-bot-sep}{length} +% {Dimension specifying the lift of the denominator from the +% baseline.} +% {\texttt{0pt}} +% +% \TemplateKey{slash-right-mkern}{muskip} +% {Same as \key{slash-right-kern} but for math mode only and should +% be specified in \texttt{mu} units.} +% {\texttt{-2mu}} +% +% \TemplateKey{slash-left-mkern}{muskip} +% {Same as \key{slash-left-kern} but for math mode only and should +% be specified in \texttt{mu} units.} +% {\texttt{-1mu}} +% +% \TemplateKey{math-mode}{choice} +% {Are we in math mode or not?} +% {true} +% +% \TemplateKey{phantom}{tokenlist} +% {A character that suits the common cases. In math we have a high +% risk of using a parenthesis, so we choose that. Text mode is +% another story.} +% {(^^A) +% } +% +% \TemplateSemantics +% +% This template is a restricted version of the |text| template. Only +% the keys that are different from the |text| template are shown +% here. Also bear in mind that the attributes \key{slash-left-kern} +% and \key{slash-right-kern} have no meaning in this template. +% +% \end{TemplateDescription} +% +% \end{documentation} +% +% \begin{implementation} +% +% \section{\pkg{xfrac} Implementation} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*package> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\ProvidesExplPackage + {\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{variable}{\l_xfrac_cm_std_bool} +% There is one option to support. +% \begin{macrocode} +\keys_define:nn { xfrac } + { + cm-recommended .choice:, + cm-recommended / + false .code:n = + { \bool_set_true:N \l_xfrac_cm_std_bool }, + cm-recommended / + true .code:n = + { \bool_set_false:N \l_xfrac_cm_std_bool }, + cm-recommended .default:n = { true }, + cm-standard .bool_set:N = \l_xfrac_cm_std_bool + } +\ProcessKeysOptions { xfrac } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{variable} +% +% \begin{variable}{\l_xfrac_slash_box} +% \begin{variable}{\l_xfrac_tmp_box} +% In keeping with the \LaTeX3 philosophy, rather than use generic +% scratch boxes and get confused, \pkg{xfrac} reserves its own named +% working space. +% \begin{macrocode} +\box_new:N \l_xfrac_slash_box +\box_new:N \l_xfrac_tmp_box +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{variable} +% \end{variable} +% +% \begin{macro}[aux]{\xfrac_tmp:w} +% Used for the raised boxes: weird as it does not take an argument +% but the \cs{raisebox} does. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new:Npn \xfrac_tmp:w { } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% +% \subsection{Initialisation of variables} +% +% Variables used in templates have to be set up: there is not +% much to say about these, other than that they must exist. +% +% \begin{variable}{\l_xfrac_denominator_bot_sep_dim} +% \begin{variable}{\l_xfrac_numerator_bot_sep_dim} +% \begin{variable}{\l_xfrac_numerator_top_sep_dim} +% \begin{variable}{\l_xfrac_slash_left_sep_dim} +% \begin{variable}{\l_xfrac_slash_right_sep_dim} +% Fixed lengths. +% \begin{macrocode} +\dim_new:N \l_xfrac_denominator_bot_sep_dim +\dim_new:N \l_xfrac_numerator_bot_sep_dim +\dim_new:N \l_xfrac_numerator_top_sep_dim +\dim_new:N \l_xfrac_slash_left_sep_dim +\dim_new:N \l_xfrac_slash_right_sep_dim +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{variable} +% \end{variable} +% \end{variable} +% \end{variable} +% \end{variable} +% +% \begin{variable}{\l_xfrac_slash_left_muskip} +% \begin{variable}{\l_xfrac_slash_right_muskip} +% Math mode skips. +% \begin{macrocode} +\muskip_new:N \l_xfrac_slash_left_muskip +\muskip_new:N \l_xfrac_slash_right_muskip +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{variable} +% \end{variable} +% +% \begin{variable}{\l_xfrac_hscale_fp} +% \begin{variable}{\l_xfrac_scale_factor_fp} +% \begin{variable}{\l_xfrac_vscale_fp} +% Floating point values. +% \begin{macrocode} +\fp_new:N \l_xfrac_hscale_fp +\fp_new:N \l_xfrac_scale_factor_fp +\fp_new:N \l_xfrac_vscale_fp +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{variable} +% \end{variable} +% \end{variable} +% +% \begin{variable}{\l_xfrac_denominator_font_tl} +% \begin{variable}{\l_xfrac_numerator_font_tl} +% \begin{variable}{\l_xfrac_phantom_tl } +% \begin{variable}{\l_xfrac_slash_symbol_tl} +% \begin{variable}{\l_xfrac_slash_symbol_font_tl} +% Token lists, which include floating-point numbers and math(s) +% skips. +% \begin{macrocode} +\tl_new:N \l_xfrac_denominator_font_tl +\tl_new:N \l_xfrac_numerator_font_tl +\tl_new:N \l_xfrac_phantom_tl +\tl_new:N \l_xfrac_slash_symbol_tl +\tl_new:N \l_xfrac_slash_symbol_font_tl +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{variable} +% \end{variable} +% \end{variable} +% \end{variable} +% \end{variable} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xfrac_fontscale:} +% \begin{macro}{\xfrac_math:n} +% \begin{macro}{\xfrac_denominator_font_change:} +% \begin{macro}{\xfrac_denominator_format:n} +% \begin{macro}{\xfrac_numerator_font_change:} +% \begin{macro}{\xfrac_numerator_format:n} +% \begin{macro}{\xfrac_relscale:} +% \begin{macro}{\xfrac_slash_symbol_font_change:} +% \begin{macro}{\xfrac_slash_symbol_format:n} +% \begin{macro}{\xfrac_text_or_math:n} +% Functions, either things which are calculated \enquote{on the fly} +% (no argument required) or are functions taking one argument in the +% code. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_nopar:Npn \xfrac_fontscale: +\cs_new:Npn \xfrac_math:n #1 { } +\cs_new_nopar:Npn \xfrac_denominator_font_change: { } +\cs_new:Npn \xfrac_denominator_format:n #1 { } +\cs_new_nopar:Npn \xfrac_numerator_font_change: { } +\cs_new:Npn \xfrac_numerator_format:n #1 { } +\cs_new_nopar:Npn \xfrac_relscale: { } +\cs_new_nopar:Npn \xfrac_slash_symbol_font_change: { } +\cs_new:Npn \xfrac_slash_symbol_format:n #1 { } +\cs_new:Npn \xfrac_text_or_math:n #1 { } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{The template} +% +% There is only one object type in \pkg{xfrac}, rather unimaginatively +% named \texttt{xfrac}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareObjectType { xfrac } { 3 } +% \end{macrocode} +% +% A single template interface is used for both text and math(s), which +% does make a few things a little complex later. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareTemplateInterface { xfrac } { text } { 3 } + { + denominator-bot-sep : length = \c_max_dim , + denominator-font : tokenlist = \f@family , + denominator-format : function 1 = #1 , + h-scale : real = 1 , + math-mode : choice { false , true } + = false , + numerator-font : tokenlist = \f@family , + numerator-format : function 1 = #1 , + numerator-bot-sep : length = \c_max_dim , + numerator-top-sep : length = \c_max_dim , + phantom : tokenlist = 8 , + scale-factor : real = 0.83333 , + scale-relative : choice { false , true } + = true , + scaling : choice { false , true } + = true , + slash-left-kern : length = 0 pt , + slash-left-mkern : muskip = -2 mu , + slash-right-kern : length = 0 pt , + slash-right-mkern : muskip = -1 mu , + slash-symbol : tokenlist = \textfractionsolidus , + slash-symbol-font : tokenlist = \f@family , + slash-symbol-format : function 1 = #1 , + v-scale : real = 1 , + } +% \end{macrocode} +% Most of the variable binding is quite simple: of course, the choices +% are a little more complicated. That is particularly true where +% these have to set up \enquote{on the fly} functions. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareTemplateCode { xfrac } { text } { 3 } + { + denominator-bot-sep = \l_xfrac_denominator_bot_sep_dim , + denominator-font = \l_xfrac_denominator_font_tl , + denominator-format = \xfrac_denominator_format:n , + h-scale = \l_xfrac_hscale_fp , + math-mode = + { + false = \cs_set_eq:NN \xfrac_math:n \use:n, + true = \cs_set_eq:NN \xfrac_math:n \ensuremath + }, + numerator-font = \l_xfrac_numerator_font_tl , + numerator-format = \xfrac_numerator_format:n , + numerator-bot-sep = \l_xfrac_numerator_bot_sep_dim , + numerator-top-sep = \l_xfrac_numerator_top_sep_dim , + phantom = \l_xfrac_phantom_tl , + scale-factor = \l_xfrac_scale_factor_fp , + scale-relative = + { + false = + \cs_set_nopar:Npn \xfrac_relscale: + { + \dim_eval:w + \box_ht:N \l_xfrac_tmp_box + \box_dp:N \l_xfrac_tmp_box + \dim_eval_end: + }, + true = + \cs_set_nopar:Npn \xfrac_relscale: + { \box_ht:N \l_xfrac_slash_box } + }, + scaling = + { + false = \cs_set_eq:NN \xfrac_fontscale: \prg_do_nothing:, + true = + \cs_set_nopar:Npn \xfrac_fontscale: + { + \fontsize + { \fp_use:N \l_xfrac_scale_factor_fp \xfrac_relscale: } + { \c_zero_dim } + \selectfont + } + }, + slash-left-kern = \l_xfrac_slash_left_sep_dim , + slash-left-mkern = \l_xfrac_slash_left_muskip , + slash-right-kern = \l_xfrac_slash_right_sep_dim , + slash-right-mkern = \l_xfrac_slash_right_muskip , + slash-symbol = \l_xfrac_slash_symbol_tl , + slash-symbol-font = \l_xfrac_slash_symbol_font_tl , + slash-symbol-format = \xfrac_slash_symbol_format:n , + v-scale = \l_xfrac_vscale_fp + } +% \end{macrocode} +% The implementation part starts with applying all of the settings +% from above. The first part of the set up is then to determine +% whether the surroundings are text or math(s), and react accordingly. +% \begin{macrocode} + { + \AssignTemplateKeys + \mode_if_math:TF + { + \cs_set_eq:NN \xfrac_text_or_math:n \text + \cs_set_nopar:Npx \xfrac_denominator_font_change: + { \tex_fam:D \l_xfrac_denominator_font_tl } + \cs_set_nopar:Npx \xfrac_numerator_font_change: + { \tex_fam:D \l_xfrac_numerator_font_tl } + \cs_set_nopar:Npx \xfrac_slash_symbol_font_change: + { \tex_fam:D \l_xfrac_slash_symbol_font_tl } + } + { + \cs_set_eq:NN \xfrac_text_or_math:n \mbox + \cs_set_nopar:Npn \xfrac_denominator_font_change: + { + \fontfamily { \l_xfrac_denominator_font_tl } + \selectfont + } + \cs_set_nopar:Npn \xfrac_numerator_font_change: + { + \fontfamily { \l_xfrac_numerator_font_tl } + \selectfont + } + \cs_set_nopar:Npn \xfrac_slash_symbol_font_change: + { + \fontfamily { \l_xfrac_slash_symbol_font_tl } + \selectfont + } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% Everything is now either inside \cs{text} or an \cs{mbox}, depending +% upon the surroundings. First, there are some boxes to set up. +% \begin{macrocode} + \xfrac_text_or_math:n + { + \m@th + \hbox_set:Nn \l_xfrac_tmp_box + { \xfrac_math:n { \vphantom { ( ) } } } + \hbox_set:Nn \l_xfrac_slash_box + { + \xfrac_math:n + { + \xfrac_slash_symbol_format:n + { + \xfrac_math:n + { + \xfrac_slash_symbol_font_change: + \IfNoValueTF {#2} + { \l_xfrac_slash_symbol_tl } {#2} + } + } + } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% Check on the numerator separator dimensions. The code starts with the +% assumption that neither has been given, as this can then be used to +% set up a default, which is also used when both values are set +% erroneously. +% \begin{macrocode} + \cs_set_nopar:Npn \xfrac_tmp:w + { + \raisebox + { + \box_ht:N \l_xfrac_slash_box + - \box_dp:N \l_xfrac_slash_box + - \height + } + } + \dim_compare:nNnTF + { \l_xfrac_numerator_top_sep_dim } = { \c_max_dim } + { + \dim_compare:nNnF + { \l_xfrac_numerator_bot_sep_dim } = { \c_max_dim } + { + \cs_set_nopar:Npn \xfrac_tmp:w + { + \raisebox + { \dim_use:N \l_xfrac_numerator_bot_sep_dim } + } + } + } + { + \dim_compare:nNnTF + { \l_xfrac_numerator_bot_sep_dim } = { \c_max_dim } + { + \cs_set_nopar:Npn \xfrac_tmp:w + { + \raisebox + { + \box_ht:N \l_xfrac_slash_box + - \dim_use:N \l_xfrac_numerator_top_sep_dim + - \height + } + } + } + { + \msg_error:nn { xfrac } + { over-specified-numerator-sep } + } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% Typeset the numerator. +% \begin{macrocode} + \xfrac_tmp:w + { + \xfrac_fontscale: + \xfrac_numerator_format:n + { + \scalebox + { \fp_use:N \l_xfrac_hscale_fp } + [ \fp_use:N \l_xfrac_vscale_fp ] + { + \xfrac_math:n + { + \xfrac_numerator_font_change: + { + \vphantom { \l_xfrac_phantom_tl } + #1 + } + } + } + } + } + \xfrac_math:n + { % THIS IS JUST WRONG! + \mode_if_math:TF + { \tex_mskip:D \l_xfrac_slash_right_muskip } + { \tex_hskip:D \l_xfrac_slash_right_sep_dim } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% Typeset the separator. +% \begin{macrocode} + \box_use:N \l_xfrac_slash_box + \xfrac_math:n + { + \mode_if_math:TF + { \tex_mskip:D \l_xfrac_slash_left_muskip } + { \tex_hskip:D \l_xfrac_slash_left_sep_dim } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% Typeset the denominator. +% \begin{macrocode} + \dim_compare:nNnTF + { \l_xfrac_denominator_bot_sep_dim } = { \c_max_dim } + { + \cs_set_nopar:Npn \xfrac_tmp:w + { \raisebox { - \box_dp:N \l_xfrac_slash_box } } + } + { + \cs_set_nopar:Npn \xfrac_tmp:w + { + \raisebox + { \dim_use:N \l_xfrac_denominator_bot_sep_dim } + } + } + \xfrac_tmp:w + { + \xfrac_fontscale: + \xfrac_denominator_format:n + { + \scalebox + { \fp_use:N \l_xfrac_hscale_fp } + [ \fp_use:N \l_xfrac_vscale_fp ] + { + \xfrac_math:n + { + \xfrac_denominator_font_change: + { + \vphantom { \l_xfrac_phantom_tl } + #3 + } + } + } + } + } + } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Since math(s) and text mode are wildly different entities we define a +% separate template for each. You already saw the \enquote{text} +% template, and here is the \enquote{math} template. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareRestrictedTemplate { xfrac } { text } { math } + { + numerator-font = \number \fam , + slash-symbol = / , + slash-symbol-font = \number \fam , + denominator-font = \number \fam , + scale-factor = 0.7 , + scale-relative = false , + scaling = true , + numerator-top-sep = 0 pt , + denominator-bot-sep = 0 pt , + math-mode = true , + phantom = ( % ) + } +% \end{macrocode} +% +%\subsection{The standard instances} +% +% For the default instances we just use the relevant templates with +% the default settings. +% +% The default \enquote{text} instance. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareInstance { xfrac } { default } { text } { } +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The default \enquote{math(s)} instance. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareInstance { xfrac } { mathdefault } { math } { } +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareCollectionInstance { plainmath } { xfrac } { mathdefault } { math } + { + denominator-bot-sep = 0 pt , + numerator-bot-sep = 0 pt , + numerator-top-sep = \c_max_dim , + scale-factor = 1 , + scale-relative = false , + scaling = true , + slash-right-mkern = 0 mu , + slash-left-mkern = 0 mu + } +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Default Computer Modern setup. Far from optimal, but better than +% nothing. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareInstance { xfrac } { cmr } { text } + { + denominator-bot-sep = 0 pt , + numerator-top-sep = 0.2 ex , + slash-left-kern = -0.1 em , + slash-right-kern = -0.1 em + } +\DeclareInstance { xfrac } { cmss } { text } + { + denominator-bot-sep = 0 pt , + numerator-top-sep = 0.2 ex , + slash-left-kern = -0.1 em , + slash-right-kern = -0.1 em + } +\DeclareInstance { xfrac } { cmtt } { text } + { + denominator-bot-sep = 0 pt , + numerator-top-sep = 0.2 ex , + slash-left-kern = -0.1 em , + slash-right-kern = -0.1 em + } +% \end{macrocode} +% +% We can do better for the Computer Modern fonts. For cmr and cmss +% we choose Times, and for cmtt use Palatino. +% \begin{macrocode} +\bool_if:NF \l_xfrac_cm_std_bool + { + \DeclareInstance { xfrac } { cmr } { text } + { slash-symbol-font = ptm } + \DeclareInstance { xfrac } { cmss } { text } + { slash-symbol-font = ptm } + \DeclareInstance { xfrac } { cmtt } { text } + { slash-symbol-font = ppl } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Things works slightly better with Latin Modern. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareInstance { xfrac } { lmr } { text } + { + denominator-bot-sep = 0 pt , + numerator-top-sep = 0.1 ex , + slash-left-kern = -0.15 em , + slash-right-kern = -0.15 em + } +\DeclareInstance { xfrac } { lmss } { text } + { + denominator-bot-sep = 0 pt , + numerator-top-sep = 0 pt , + slash-left-kern = -0.15 em , + slash-right-kern = -0.15 em + } +\DeclareInstance { xfrac } { lmtt } { text } + { + denominator-bot-sep = 0 pt , + numerator-top-sep = 0 pt , + slash-left-kern = -0.15 em , + slash-right-kern = -0.15 em + } +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{The user command} +% +% \begin{macro}{\sfrac} +% Currently there is just a single user command. \cs{sfrac} takes +% two mandatory arguments: numerator and denominator. It can take an +% optional argument between the mandatory specifying the separator +% like this: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \sfrac{7}[/]{12} +% \end{verbatim} +% It also has an optional argument that comes before the first +% mandatory argument. If used it will use that instance instead of +% the auto-detected one, so a user who has defined the instance +% \enquote{cmr2} may use +% \begin{verbatim} +% \sfrac[cmr2]{7}{12} +% \end{verbatim} +% and get the settings from \enquote{cmr2} instead of the settings of +% the current font family. +% \begin{macrocode} +\NewDocumentCommand \sfrac { o m o m } + { + \mode_if_math:TF + { + \IfInstanceExistTF { xfrac } { mathfam \number \fam } + { \UseInstance { xfrac } { mathfam \number \fam } } + { \UseInstance { xfrac } { mathdefault } } + {#2} {#3} {#4} + } + { + \IfInstanceExistTF { xfrac } {#1} + { \UseInstance { xfrac } {#1} } + { + \IfInstanceExistTF { xfrac } { \f@family } + { \UseInstance { xfrac } { \f@family } } + { \UseInstance { xfrac } { default } } + } + {#2} {#3} {#4} + } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Messages} +% +% Just the one. +% \begin{macrocode} +\msg_new:nnnn { xfrac } { over-specified-numerator-sep } + { You have specified both numerator-top-sep and numerator-bot-sep} + {I will pretend that you didn't specify either of them} +% \end{macrocode} + +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%</package> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{implementation} +% +% \PrintIndex
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/xfrac/xfrac.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/xfrac/xfrac.ins new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c1ab6c55448 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/xfrac/xfrac.ins @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +\iffalse meta-comment + +File xfrac.ins Copyright (C) 2004, 2008-2010 Morten Hoegholm + (C) 2011 The LaTeX3 Project + +It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the +LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this +license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version +of this license is in the file + + http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt + +This file is part of the "l3packages bundle" (The Work in LPPL) +and all files in that bundle must be distributed together. + +The released version of this bundle is available from CTAN. + +\fi + +\input docstrip.tex +\askforoverwritefalse + +\preamble + +EXPERIMENTAL CODE + +Do not distribute this file without also distributing the +source files specified above. + +Do not distribute a modified version of this file. + +\endpreamble +% stop docstrip adding \endinput +\postamble +\endpostamble + +\keepsilent + +\generate{\file{xfrac.sty} {\from{xfrac.dtx} {package}}} + +\endbatchfile diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/xparse/xparse.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/xparse/xparse.dtx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..79a996d4fc8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/xparse/xparse.dtx @@ -0,0 +1,2650 @@ +% \iffalse meta-comment +% +%% File: xparse.dtx (C) Copyright 1999 Frank Mittelbach, Chris Rowley, +%% David Carlisle +%% (C) Copyright 2004-2008 Frank Mittelbach, +%% The LaTeX3 Project +%% (C) Copyright 2009-2011 The LaTeX3 Project +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the +%% LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this +%% license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version +%% of this license is in the file +%% +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% +%% This file is part of the "l3packages bundle" (The Work in LPPL) +%% and all files in that bundle must be distributed together. +%% +%% The released version of this bundle is available from CTAN. +%% +%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- +%% +%% The development version of the bundle can be found at +%% +%% http://www.latex-project.org/svnroot/experimental/trunk/ +%% +%% for those people who are interested. +%% +%%%%%%%%%%% +%% NOTE: %% +%%%%%%%%%%% +%% +%% Snapshots taken from the repository represent work in progress and may +%% not work or may contain conflicting material! We therefore ask +%% people _not_ to put them into distributions, archives, etc. without +%% prior consultation with the LaTeX Project Team. +%% +%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- +%% +% +%<*driver|package> +\RequirePackage{expl3} +\GetIdInfo$Id: xparse.dtx 2492 2011-07-02 13:40:38Z joseph $ + {L3 Experimental document command parser} +%</driver|package> +%<*driver> +\documentclass[full]{l3doc} +\usepackage{amstext} +\begin{document} + \DocInput{\jobname.dtx} +\end{document} +%</driver> +% \fi +% +% \providecommand\acro[1]{\textsc{\MakeLowercase{#1}}} +% \newenvironment{arg-description}{% +% \begin{itemize}\def\makelabel##1{\hss\llap{\bfseries##1}}}{\end{itemize}} +% +% \title{^^A +% The \textsf{xparse} package\\ Document command parser^^A +% \thanks{This file describes v\ExplFileVersion, +% last revised \ExplFileDate.}^^A +% } +% +% \author{^^A +% The \LaTeX3 Project\thanks +% {^^A +% E-mail: +% \href{mailto:latex-team@latex-project.org} +% {latex-team@latex-project.org}^^A +% }^^A +% } +% +% \date{Released \ExplFileDate} +% +% \maketitle +% +% \begin{documentation} +% +% The \pkg{xparse} package provides a high-level interface for +% producing document-level commands. In that way, it is intended as +% a replacement for the \LaTeXe{} \cs{newcommand} macro. However, +% \pkg{xparse} works so that the interface to a function (optional +% arguments, stars and mandatory arguments, for example) is separate +% from the internal implementation. \pkg{xparse} provides a normalised +% input for the internal form of a function, independent of the +% document-level argument arrangement. +% +% At present, the functions in \pkg{xparse} which are regarded as +% \enquote{stable} are: +% \begin{itemize} +% \item \cs{DeclareDocumentCommand} +% \item \cs{NewDocumentCommand} +% \item \cs{RenewDocumentCommand} +% \item \cs{ProvideDocumentCommand} +% \item \cs{DeclareDocumentEnvironment} +% \item \cs{NewDocumentEnvironment} +% \item \cs{RenewDocumentEnvironment} +% \item \cs{ProvideDocumentEnvironment} +% \item \cs{IfNoValue(TF)} (the need for \cs{IfValue(TF)} is currently +% an item of active discussion) +% \item \cs{IfBoolean(TF)} +% \end{itemize} +% with the other functions currently regarded as \enquote{experimental}. Please +% try all of the commands provided here, but be aware that the +% experimental ones may change or disappear. +% +% \subsection{Specifying arguments} +% +% Before introducing the functions used to create document commands, +% the method for specifying arguments with \pkg{xparse} will be +% illustrated. In order to allow each argument to be defined +% independently, \pkg{xparse} does not simply need to know the +% number of arguments for a function, but also the nature of each +% one. This is done by constructing an \emph{argument specification}, +% which defines the number of arguments, the type of each argument +% and any additional information needed for \pkg{xparse} to read the +% user input and properly pass it through to internal functions. +% +% The basic form of the argument specifier is a list of letters, where +% each letter defines a type of argument. As will be described below, +% some of the types need additional information, such as default values. +% The argument types can be divided into two, those which define +% arguments that are mandatory (potentially raising an error if not +% found) and those which define optional arguments. The mandatory types +% are: +% \begin{itemize}[font=\ttfamily] +% \item[m] A standard mandatory argument, which can either be a single +% token alone or multiple tokens surrounded by curly braces. +% Regardless of the input, the argument will be passed to the +% internal code surrounded by a brace pair. This is the \pkg{xparse} +% type specifier for a normal \TeX\ argument. +% \item[l] An argument which reads everything up to the first +% open group token: in standard \LaTeX\ this is a left brace. +% \item[u] Reads an argument `until' \meta{tokens} are encountered, +% where the desired \meta{tokens} are given as an argument to the +% specifier: \texttt{u}\marg{tokens}. +% \end{itemize} +% The types which define optional arguments are: +% \begin{itemize}[font=\ttfamily] +% \item[o] A standard \LaTeX\ optional argument, surrounded with square +% brackets, which will supply +% the special \cs{NoValue} token if not given (as described later). +% \item[d] An optional argument which is delimited by \meta{token1} +% and \meta{token2}, which are given as arguments: +% \texttt{d}\meta{token1}\meta{token2}. As with \texttt{o}, if no +% value is given the special token \cs{NoValue} is returned. +% \item[O] As for \texttt{o}, but returns \meta{default} if no +% value is given. Should be given as \texttt{O}\marg{default}. +% \item[D] As for \texttt{d}, but returns \meta{default} if no +% value is given: \texttt{D}\meta{token1}\meta{token2}\marg{default}. +% Internally, the \texttt{o}, \texttt{d} and \texttt{O} types are +% short-cuts to an appropriated-constructed \texttt{D} type argument. +% \item[s] An optional star, which will result in a value +% \cs{BooleanTrue} if a star is present and \cs{BooleanFalse} +% otherwise (as described later). +% \item[t] An optional \meta{token}, which will result in a value +% \cs{BooleanTrue} if \meta{token} is present and \cs{BooleanFalse} +% otherwise. Given as \texttt{t}\meta{token}. +% \item[g] An optional argument given inside a pair of \TeX\ group +% tokens (in standard \LaTeX, |{| \ldots |}|), which returns +% \cs{NoValue} if not present. +% \item[G] As for \texttt{g} but returns \meta{default} if no value +% is given: \texttt{G}\marg{default}. +% \end{itemize} +% +% Using these specifiers, it is possible to create complex input syntax +% very easily. For example, given the argument definition +% `|s o o m O{default}|', the input `|*[Foo]{Bar}|' would be parsed as: +% \begin{itemize}[nolistsep] +% \item |#1| = |\BooleanTrue| +% \item |#2| = |{Foo}| +% \item |#3| = |\NoValue| +% \item |#4| = |{Bar}| +% \item |#5| = |{default}| +% \end{itemize} +% whereas `|[One][Two]{}[Three]|' would be parsed as: +% \begin{itemize}[nolistsep] +% \item |#1| = |\BooleanFalse| +% \item |#2| = |{One}| +% \item |#3| = |{Two}| +% \item |#4| = |{}| +% \item |#5| = |{Three}| +% \end{itemize} +% Note that after parsing the input there will be always exactly the +% same number of \meta{balanced text} arguments as the number of letters +% in the argument specifier. The \cs{BooleanTrue} and \cs{BooleanFalse} +% tokens are passed without braces; all other arguments are passed as +% brace groups. +% +% Two more tokens have a special meaning when creating an argument +% specifier. First, \texttt{+} is used to make an argument long (to +% accept paragraph tokens). In contrast to \LaTeXe's \cs{newcommand}, +% this applies on an argument-by-argument basis. So modifying the +% example to `|s o o +m O{default}|' means that the mandatory argument +% is now \cs{long}, whereas the optional arguments are not. +% +% Secondly, the token \texttt{>} is used to declare so-called +% \enquote{argument processors}, which can be used to modify the contents of an +% argument before it is passed to the macro definition. The use of +% argument processors is a somewhat advanced topic, (or at least a less +% commonly used feature) and is covered in Section~\ref{sec:processors}. +% +% \subsection{Spacing and optional arguments} +% +% \TeX{} will find the first argument after a function name irrespective +% of any intervening spaces. This is true for both mandatory and +% optional arguments. So |\foo[arg]| and \verb*|\foo [arg]| are +% equivalent. Spaces are also ignored when collecting arguments up +% to the last mandatory argument to be collected (as it must exist). +% So after +% \begin{verbatim} +% \DeclareDocumentCommand \foo { m o m } { ... } +% \end{verbatim} +% the user input |\foo{arg1}[arg2]{arg3}| and +% \verb*|\foo{arg1} [arg2] {arg3}| will both be parsed in the same +% way. However, spaces are \emph{not} ignored when parsing optional +% arguments after the last mandatory argument. Thus with +% \begin{verbatim} +% \DeclareDocumentCommand \foo { m o } { ... } +% \end{verbatim} +% |\foo{arg1}[arg2]| will find an optional argument but +% \verb*|\foo{arg1} [arg2]| will not. This is so that trailing optional +% arguments are not picked up \enquote{by accident} in input. +% +% \subsection{Declaring commands and environments} +% +% With the concept of an argument specifier defined, it is now +% possible to describe the methods available for creating both +% functions and environments using \pkg{xparse}. +% +% The interface-building commands are the preferred method for +% creating document-level functions in \LaTeX3. All of the functions +% generated in this way are naturally robust (using the \eTeX{} +% \cs{protected} mechanism). +% +% \begin{function} +% { +% \DeclareDocumentCommand , +% \NewDocumentCommand , +% \RenewDocumentCommand , +% \ProvideDocumentCommand +% } +% \begin{syntax} +% \cs{DeclareDocumentCommand} \meta{Function} \Arg{arg spec} \Arg{code} +% \end{syntax} +% This family of commands are used to create a document-level +% \meta{function}. The argument specification for the function is +% given by \meta{arg spec}, and expanding +% to be replaced by the \meta{code}. +% +% As an example: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \DeclareDocumentCommand \chapter { s o m } +% { +% \IfBooleanTF {#1} +% { \typesetnormalchapter {#2} {#3} } +% { \typesetstarchapter {#3} } +% } +% \end{verbatim} +% would be a way to define a \cs{chapter} command which would +% essentially behave like the current \LaTeXe{} command (except that it +% would accept an optional argument even when a \texttt{*} was parsed). +% The \cs{typesetnormalchapter} could test its first argument for being +% \cs{NoValue} to see if an optional argument was present. +% +% The difference between the \cs{Declare\ldots}, \cs{New\ldots} +% \cs{Renew\ldots} and \cs{Provide\ldots} versions is the behaviour +% if \meta{function} is already defined. +% \begin{itemize} +% \item \cs{DeclareDocumentCommand} will always create the new +% definition, irrespective of any existing \meta{function} with the +% same name. +% \item \cs{NewDocumentCommand} will issue an error if \meta{function} +% has already been defined. +% \item \cs{RenewDocumentCommand} will issue an error if \meta{function} +% has not previously been defined. +% \item \cs{ProvideDocumentCommand} creates a new definition for +% \meta{function} only if one has not already been given. +% \end{itemize} +% +% \begin{texnote} +% Unlike \LaTeXe{}'s \cs{newcommand} and relatives, the +% \cs{DeclareDocumentCommand} function do not prevent creation of +% functions with names starting \cs{end\ldots}. +% \end{texnote} +% \end{function} +% +% \begin{function} +% { +% \DeclareDocumentEnvironment , +% \NewDocumentEnvironment , +% \RenewDocumentEnvironment , +% \ProvideDocumentEnvironment +% } +% \begin{syntax} +% \cs{DeclareDocumentEnvironment} \Arg{environment} \Arg{arg spec} +% ~~\Arg{start code} \Arg{end code} +% \end{syntax} +% These commands work in the same way as \cs{DeclareDocumentCommand}, +% etc., but create environments (\cs{begin}|{|\meta{function}|}| \ldots +% \cs{end}|{|\meta{function}|}|). Both the \meta{start code} and +% \meta{end code} +% may access the arguments as defined by \meta{arg spec}. +% \end{function} +% +% \subsection{Testing special values} +% +% Optional arguments created using \pkg{xparse} make use of dedicated +% variables to return information about the nature of the argument +% received. +% +% \begin{variable}{\NoValue} +% \cs{NoValue} is a special marker returned by \pkg{xparse} if no +% value is given for an optional argument. If typeset (which should +% not happen), it will print the value \texttt{-NoValue-}. +% \end{variable} +% +% \begin{function}[EXP,TF]{\IfNoValue} +% \begin{syntax} +% \cs{IfNoValueTF} \Arg{argument} \Arg{true code} \Arg{false code} +% \end{syntax} +% The \cs{IfNoValue} tests are used to check if <argument> (|#1|, +% |#2|, \emph{etc.}) is the special \cs{NoValue} token. For example +% \begin{verbatim} +% \DeclareDocumentCommand \foo { o m } +% { +% \IfNoValueTF {#1} +% { \DoSomethingJustWithMandatoryArgument {#2} } +% { \DoSomethingWithBothArguments {#1} {#2} } +% } +% \end{verbatim} +% will use a different internal function if the optional argument +% is given than if it is not present. +% +% As the \cs{IfNoValue(TF)} tests are expandable, it is possible to +% test these values later, for example at the point of typesetting or +% in an expansion context. +% \end{function} +% +% \begin{function}[EXP,TF]{\IfValue} +% \begin{syntax} +% \cs{IfValueTF} \Arg{argument} \Arg{true code} \Arg{false code} +% \end{syntax} +% The reverse form of the \cs{IfNoValue(TF)} tests are also available +% as \cs{IfValue(TF)}. The context will determine which logical +% form makes the most sense for a given code scenario. +% \end{function} +% +% \begin{variable}{\BooleanFalse, \BooleanTrue} +% The \texttt{true} and \texttt{false} flags set when searching for +% an optional token (using \texttt{s} or \texttt{t\meta{token}}) have +% names which are accessible outside of code blocks. +% \end{variable} +% +% \begin{function}[EXP,TF]{\IfBoolean} +% \begin{syntax} +% \cs{IfBooleanTF} \meta{argument} \Arg{true code} \Arg{false code} +% \end{syntax} +% Used to test if \meta{argument} (|#1|, |#2|, \emph{etc.}) is +% \cs{BooleanTrue} or \cs{BooleanFalse}. For example +% \begin{verbatim} +% \DeclareDocumentCommand \foo { s m } +% { +% \IfBooleanTF #1 +% { \DoSomethingWithStar {#2} } +% { \DoSomethingWithoutStar {#2} } +% } +% \end{verbatim} +% checks for a star as the first argument, then chooses the action to +% take based on this information. +% \end{function} +% +% \subsection{Argument processors} +% \label{sec:processors} +% +% \pkg{xparse} introduces the idea of an argument processor, which is +% applied to an argument \emph{after} it has been grabbed by the +% underlying system but before it is passed to \meta{code}. An argument +% processor can therefore be used to regularise input at an early stage, +% allowing the internal functions to be completely independent of input +% form. Processors are applied to user input and to default values for +% optional arguments, but \emph{not} to the special \cs{NoValue} marker. +% +% Each argument processor is specified by the syntax +% \texttt{>}\marg{processor} in the argument specification. Processors +% are applied from right to left, so that +% \begin{verbatim} +% >{\ProcessorB} >{\ProcessorA} m +% \end{verbatim} +% would apply \cs{ProcessorA} +% followed by \cs{ProcessorB} to the tokens grabbed by the \texttt{m} +% argument. +% +% \begin{variable}{\ProcessedArgument} +% \pkg{xparse} defines a very small set of processor functions. In the +% main, it is anticipated that code writers will want to create their +% own processors. These need to accept one argument, which is the +% tokens as grabbed (or as returned by a previous processor function). +% Processor functions should return the processed argument as the +% variable \cs{ProcessedArgument}. +% \end{variable} +% +% \begin{function}{\ReverseBoolean} +% \begin{syntax} +% \cs{ReverseBoolean} +% \end{syntax} +% This processor reverses the logic of \cs{BooleanTrue} and +% \cs{BooleanFalse}, so that the the example from earlier would become +% \begin{verbatim} +% \DeclareDocumentCommand \foo { > { \ReverseBoolean } s m } +% { +% \IfBooleanTF #1 +% { \DoSomethingWithoutStar {#2} } +% { \DoSomethingWithStar {#2} } +% } +% \end{verbatim} +% \end{function} +% +% \begin{function}{\SplitArgument} +% \begin{syntax} +% \cs{SplitArgument} \Arg{number} \Arg{token} +% \end{syntax} +% This processor splits the argument given at each occurrence of the +% \meta{token} up to a maximum of \meta{number} tokens (thus +% dividing the input into $\text{\meta{number}} + 1$ parts). +% An error is given if too many \meta{tokens} are present in the +% input. The processed input is places inside +% $\text{\meta{number}} + 1$ sets of braces for further use. +% If there are less than \Arg{number} of \Arg{tokens} in the argument +% then empty brace groups are added at the end of the processed +% argument. +% \begin{verbatim} +% \DeclareDocumentCommand \foo +% { > { \SplitArgument { 2 } { ; } } m } +% { \InternalFunctionOfThreeArguments #1 } +% \end{verbatim} +% Any category code $13$ (active) \meta{tokens} will be replaced +% before the split takes place. +% \end{function} +% +% \begin{function}{\SplitList} +% \begin{syntax} +% \cs{SplitList} \Arg{token} +% \end{syntax} +% This processor splits the argument given at each occurrence of the +% \meta{token} where the number of items is not fixed. Each item is +% then wrapped in braces within |#1|. The result is that the +% processed argument can be further processed using a mapping function. +% \begin{verbatim} +% \DeclareDocumentCommand \foo +% { > { \SplitList { ; } } m } +% { \MappingFunction #1 } +% \end{verbatim} +% Any category code $13$ (active) \meta{tokens} will be replaced +% before the split takes place. +% \end{function} +% +% \subsection{Separating interface and implementation} +% +% One \emph{experimental} idea implemented in \pkg{xparse} is to +% separate out document command interfaces (the argument specification) +% from the implementation (code). This is carried out using a +% pair of functions, \cs{DeclareDocumentCommandInterface} and +% \cs{DeclareDocumentCommandImplementation} +% +% \begin{function}{\DeclareDocumentCommandInterface} +% \begin{syntax} +% \cs{DeclareDocumentCommandInterface} \meta{function} +% ~~~~\Arg{implementation} \Arg{arg spec} +% \end{syntax} +% This declares a \meta{function}, which will take arguments as detailed +% in the \meta{arg spec}. When executed, the \meta{function} will look for +% code stored as an \meta{implementation}. +% \end{function} +% +% \begin{function}{\DeclareDocumentCommandImplementation} +% \begin{syntax} +% \cs{DeclareDocumentCommandImplementation} +% ~~~~\Arg{implementation} \meta{args} \Arg{code} +% \end{syntax} +% Declares the \meta{implementation} for a function to accept \meta{args} +% arguments and expand to \meta{code}. An implementation must take the +% same number of arguments as a linked interface, although this is not +% enforced by the code. +% \end{function} +% +% \subsection{Fully-expandable document commands} +% +% There are \emph{very rare} occasion when it may be useful to create +% functions using a fully-expandable argument grabber. To support this, +% \pkg{xparse} can create expandable functions as well as the usual +% robust ones. This imposes a number of restrictions on the nature of +% the arguments accepted by a function, and the code it implements. +% This facility should only be used when \emph{absolutely necessary}; +% if you do not understand when this might be, \emph{do not use these +% functions}! +% +% \begin{function}{\DeclareExpandableDocumentCommand} +% \begin{syntax} +% \cs{DeclareExpandableDocumentCommand} +% ~~~~\meta{function} \Arg{arg spec} \Arg{code} +% \end{syntax} +% This command is used to create a document-level \meta{function}, +% which will grab its arguments in a fully-expandable manner. The +% argument specification for the function is given by \meta{arg spec}, +% and the function will execute \meta{code}. In general, \meta{code} will +% also be fully expandable, although it is possible that this will +% not be the case (for example, a function for use in a table might +% expand so that \cs{omit} is the first non-expandable token). +% +% Parsing arguments expandably imposes a number of restrictions on +% both the type of arguments that can be read and the error checking +% available: +% \begin{itemize} +% \item The last argument (if any are present) must be one of the +% mandatory types: \texttt{l}, \texttt{m} or \texttt{u}. +% \item All arguments are either short or long: it is not possible +% to mix short and long argument types. +% \item The `optional group' argument types \texttt{g} and +% \texttt{G} are not available. +% \item It is not possible to differentiate between, for example +% |\foo[| and |\foo{[}|: in both cases the \texttt{[} will be +% interpreted as the start of an optional argument. As a result +% result, checking for optional arguments is less robust than +% in the standard version. +% \end{itemize} +% \pkg{xparse} will issue an error if an argument specifier is given +% which does not conform to the first three requirements. The last +% item is an issue when the function is used, and so is beyond the +% scope of \pkg{xparse} itself. +% \end{function} +% +% \subsection{Access to the argument specification} +% +% The argument specifications for document commands and environments are +% available for examination and use. +% +% \begin{function}{\GetDocumentCommandArgSpec, \GetDocumentEnvironmentArgSpec} +% \begin{syntax} +% \cs{GetDocumentCommandArgSpec} \meta{function} +% \cs{GetDocumentEnvironmentArgSpec} \meta{environment} +% \end{syntax} +% These functions transfer the current argument specification for the +% requested \meta{function} or \meta{environment} into the token list +% variable \cs{ArgumentSpecification}. If the \meta{function} or +% \meta{environment} has no known argument specification then an error +% is issued. The assignment to \cs{ArgumentSpecification} is local to +% the current \TeX{} group. +% \end{function} +% +% \begin{function} +% {\ShowDocumentCommandArgSpec, \ShowDocumentEnvironmentArgSpec} +% \begin{syntax} +% \cs{ShowDocumentCommandArgSpec} \meta{function} +% \cs{ShowDocumentEnvironmentArgSpec} \meta{environment} +% \end{syntax} +% These functions show the current argument specification for the +% requested \meta{function} or \meta{environment} at the terminal. If +% the \meta{function} or \meta{environment} has no known argument +% specification then an error is issued. +% \end{function} +% +% \section{Load-time options} +% +% \DescribeOption{log-declarations} +% The package recognises the load-time option \texttt{log-declarations}, +% which is a key--value option taking the value \texttt{true} and +% \texttt{false}. By default, the option is set to \texttt{true}, meaning +% that each command or environment declared is logged. By loading +% \pkg{xparse} using +% \begin{verbatim} +% \usepackage[load-declarations=false]{xparse} +% \end{verbatim} +% this may be suppressed and no information messages are produced. +% +% \end{documentation} +% +% \begin{implementation} +% +% \section{\pkg{xparse} implementation} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*package> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\ProvidesExplPackage + {\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription} +\RequirePackage{expl3} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% A check to make sure that \pkg{expl3} is not too old +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifpackagelater { l3token } { 2011/07/02 } + { } + { + \PackageError { xparse } { Support~package~l3kernel~too~old. } + { + Please~install~an~up~to~date~version~of~l3kernel~ + using~your~TeX~package~manager~or~from~CTAN.\\ \\ + Loading~xparse~will~abort! + } + \tex_endinput:D + } +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Variables and constants} +% +% \begin{variable}{\c_xparse_shorthands_prop} +% Shorthands are stored as a property list: this is set up here as it +% is a constant. +% \begin{macrocode} +\prop_new:N \c_xparse_shorthands_prop +\prop_put:Nnn \c_xparse_shorthands_prop { o } { d[] } +\prop_put:Nnn \c_xparse_shorthands_prop { O } { D[] } +\prop_put:Nnn \c_xparse_shorthands_prop { s } { t* } +% \end{macrocode} + %\end{variable} +% +% \begin{variable}{\l_xparse_arg_tl} +% Token list variable for single grabbed argument when post-processing. +% \begin{macrocode} +\tl_new:N \l_xparse_arg_tl +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{variable} +% +% \begin{variable}{\l_xparse_args_tl} +% Token list variable for grabbed arguments. +% \begin{macrocode} +\tl_new:N \l_xparse_args_tl +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{variable} +% +% \begin{variable}{\l_xparse_environment_bool} +% Generating environments uses the same mechanism as generating +% functions. However, full processing of arguments is always needed +% for environments, and so the function-generating code needs to +% know this. +% \begin{macrocode} +\bool_new:N \l_xparse_environment_bool +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{variable} +% +% \begin{variable}{\l_xparse_error_bool} +% Used to signal an error when creating expandable functions. +% \begin{macrocode} +\bool_new:N \l_xparse_error_bool +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{variable} +% +% \begin{variable}{\l_xparse_function_tl} +% When creating expandable functions, the current function name needs +% to be passed along. +% \begin{macrocode} +\tl_new:N \l_xparse_function_tl +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{variable} +% +% \begin{variable}{\l_xparse_last_arg_tl} +% Used when creating expandable arguments. +% \begin{macrocode} +\tl_new:N \l_xparse_last_arg_tl +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{variable} +% +% \begin{variable}{\l_xparse_long_bool} +% A flag for \cs{long} arguments. +% \begin{macrocode} +\bool_new:N \l_xparse_long_bool +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{variable} +% +% \begin{variable}{\l_xparse_m_args_int} +% The number of simple \texttt{m} arguments is tracked so they can be +% dumped \emph{en masse}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\int_new:N \l_xparse_m_args_int +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{variable} +% +% \begin{variable}{\l_xparse_m_only_bool} +% A flag to indicate that only \texttt{m} arguments have been found. +% \begin{macrocode} +\bool_new:N \l_xparse_m_only_bool +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{variable} +% +% \begin{variable}{\l_xparse_mandatory_args_int} +% So that trailing optional arguments can be picked up, a count has to +% be taken of all mandatory arguments. This is then decreased as +% mandatory arguments are added to the signature, so will be zero +% only if there are no more mandatory arguments to add. +% \begin{macrocode} +\int_new:N \l_xparse_mandatory_args_int +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{variable} +% +% \begin{variable}{\l_xparse_processor_bool} +% When reading through the argument specifier, a flag is needed to +% show that a processor has been found for the current argument. This +% is used when checking how to handle \texttt{m} arguments. +% \begin{macrocode} +\bool_new:N \l_xparse_processor_bool +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{variable} +% +% \begin{variable}{\l_xparse_processor_int} +% In the grabber routine, each processor is saved with a number +% recording the order it was found in. The total is then used to work +% back through the grabbers so they apply to the argument right to left. +% \begin{macrocode} +\int_new:N \l_xparse_processor_int +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{variable} +% +% \begin{variable}{\l_xparse_signature_tl} +% Token list variable for constructing signatures. +% \begin{macrocode} +\tl_new:N \l_xparse_signature_tl +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{variable} +% +% \begin{variable}{\l_xparse_tmp_tl} +% A general purpose token list variable. +% \begin{macrocode} +\tl_new:N \l_xparse_tmp_tl +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{variable} +% +% \begin{variable}{\l_xparse_total_args_int} +% The total number of arguments is used to create the internal function +% which has a fixed number of arguments. +% \begin{macrocode} +\int_new:N \l_xparse_total_args_int +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{variable} +% +% \subsection{Turning the argument specifier into grabbers} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_add_grabber_mandatory:N} +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_add_grabber_optional:N} +% To keep the various checks needed in one place, adding the grabber to +% the signature is done here. For mandatory arguments, the only question +% is whether to add a long grabber. For optional arguments, there is +% also a check to see if any mandatory arguments are still to be added. +% This is used to determine whether to skip spaces or not where +% searching for the argument. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xparse_add_grabber_mandatory:N #1 + { + \tl_put_right:Nx \l_xparse_signature_tl + { + \exp_not:c + { xparse_grab_ #1 \bool_if:NT \l_xparse_long_bool { _long } :w } + } + \bool_set_false:N \l_xparse_long_bool + \int_decr:N \l_xparse_mandatory_args_int + } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xparse_add_grabber_optional:N #1 + { + \tl_put_right:Nx \l_xparse_signature_tl + { + \exp_not:c + { + xparse_grab_ #1 + \bool_if:NT \l_xparse_long_bool { _long } + \int_compare:nNnF \l_xparse_mandatory_args_int > \c_zero + { _trailing } + :w + } + } + \bool_set_false:N \l_xparse_long_bool + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% All of the argument-adding functions work in essentially the same +% way, except the one for \texttt{m} arguments. Any collected \texttt{m} +% arguments are added to the signature, then the appropriate grabber +% is added to the signature. Some of the adding functions also pick up +% one or more arguments, and are also added to the signature. All of the +% functions then call the loop function \cs{xparse_prepare_signature:N}. +% +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_add_type_+:w} +% Making the next argument \cs{long} means setting the flag and +% knocking one back off the total argument count. The \texttt{m} +% arguments are recorded here as this has to be done for every case +% where there is then a \cs{long} argument. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected_nopar:cpn { xparse_add_type_+:w } + { + \xparse_flush_m_args: + \bool_set_true:N \l_xparse_long_bool + \bool_set_false:N \l_xparse_m_only_bool + \int_decr:N \l_xparse_total_args_int + \xparse_prepare_signature:N + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_add_type_>:w} +% When a processor is found, the function \cs{xparse_process_arg:n} +% is added to the signature along with the processor code itself. When +% the signature is used, the code will be added to an execution list by +% \cs{xparse_process_arg:n}. Here, the loop calls +% \cs{xparse_prepare_signature_aux:N} rather than +% \cs{xparse_prepare_signature:N} so that the flag is not reset. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:cpn { xparse_add_type_>:w } #1 + { + \bool_set_true:N \l_xparse_processor_bool + \xparse_flush_m_args: + \int_decr:N \l_xparse_total_args_int + \tl_put_right:Nn \l_xparse_signature_tl { \xparse_process_arg:n {#1} } + \xparse_prepare_signature_aux:N + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_add_type_d:w} +% To save on repeated code, \texttt{d} is actually turned into +% the same grabber as is used by \texttt{D}, by putting the +% \cs{NoValue} default in the correct place. So there is some +% simple argument re-arrangement to do. Remember that |#1| and |#2| +% should be single tokens. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_add_type_d:w #1#2 + { \xparse_add_type_D:w #1 #2 { \NoValue } } +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_add_type_D:w} +% All of the optional delimited arguments are handled internally by +% the \texttt{D} type. At this stage, the two delimiters are stored +% along with the default value. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_add_type_D:w #1#2#3 + { + \xparse_flush_m_args: + \xparse_add_grabber_optional:N D + \tl_put_right:Nn \l_xparse_signature_tl { #1 #2 {#3} } + \xparse_prepare_signature:N + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_add_type_g:w} +% The \texttt{g} type is simply an alias for \texttt{G} with the +% correct default built-in. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xparse_add_type_g:w + { \xparse_add_type_G:w { \NoValue } } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_add_type_G:w} +% For the \texttt{G} type, the grabber and the default are added to +% the signature. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_add_type_G:w #1 + { + \xparse_flush_m_args: + \xparse_add_grabber_optional:N G + \tl_put_right:Nn \l_xparse_signature_tl { {#1} } + \xparse_prepare_signature:N + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_add_type_l:w} +% Finding \texttt{l} arguments is very simple: there is nothing to do +% other than add the grabber. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xparse_add_type_l:w + { + \xparse_flush_m_args: + \xparse_add_grabber_mandatory:N l + \xparse_prepare_signature:N + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_add_type_m:w} +% The \texttt{m} type is special as short arguments which are not +% post-processed are simply counted at this stage. Thus there is a check +% to see if either of these cases apply. If so, a one-argument grabber +% is added to the signature. On the other hand, if a standard short +% argument is required it is simply counted at this stage, to be +% added later using \cs{xparse_flush_m_args:}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xparse_add_type_m:w + { + \bool_if:nTF { \l_xparse_long_bool || \l_xparse_processor_bool } + { + \xparse_flush_m_args: + \xparse_add_grabber_mandatory:N m + } + { \int_incr:N \l_xparse_m_args_int } + \xparse_prepare_signature:N + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_add_type_t:w} +% Setting up a \texttt{t} argument means collecting one token for the +% test, and adding it along with the grabber to the signature. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_add_type_t:w #1 + { + \xparse_flush_m_args: + \xparse_add_grabber_optional:N t + \tl_put_right:Nn \l_xparse_signature_tl { #1 } + \xparse_prepare_signature:N + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_add_type_u:w} +% At the set up stage, the \texttt{u} type argument is identical to the +% \texttt{G} type except for the name of the grabber function. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_add_type_u:w #1 + { + \xparse_flush_m_args: + \xparse_add_grabber_mandatory:N u + \tl_put_right:Nn \l_xparse_signature_tl { {#1} } + \xparse_prepare_signature:N + } +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_check_and_add:N} +% This function checks if the argument type actually exists and gives +% an error if it doesn't. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xparse_check_and_add:N #1 + { + \cs_if_free:cTF { xparse_add_type_ #1 :w } + { + \msg_error:nnx { xparse } { unknown-argument-type } + { \tl_to_str:n {#1} } + \xparse_add_type_m:w + } + { \use:c { xparse_add_type_ #1 :w } } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_count_mandatory:n} +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_count_mandatory:N} +% \begin{macro}[aux]{\xparse_count_mandatory_aux:N} +% To count up mandatory arguments before the main parsing run, the +% same approach is used. First, check if the current token is a +% short-cut for another argument type. If it is, expand it and loop +% again. If not, then look for a `counting' function to check the +% argument type. No error is raised here if one is not found as one +% will be raised by later code. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_count_mandatory:n #1 + { + \int_zero:N \l_xparse_mandatory_args_int + \xparse_count_mandatory:N #1 \q_nil + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_count_mandatory:N #1 + { + \quark_if_nil:NF #1 + { + \prop_if_in:NnTF \c_xparse_shorthands_prop {#1} + { + \prop_get:NnN \c_xparse_shorthands_prop {#1} \l_xparse_tmp_tl + \exp_last_unbraced:NV \xparse_count_mandatory:N \l_xparse_tmp_tl + } + { \xparse_count_mandatory_aux:N #1 } + } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_count_mandatory_aux:N #1 + { + \cs_if_free:cTF { xparse_count_type_ #1 :w } + { \xparse_count_type_m:w } + { \use:c { xparse_count_type_ #1 :w } } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_count_type_>:w} +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_count_type_+:w} +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_count_type_d:w} +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_count_type_D:w} +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_count_type_g:w} +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_count_type_G:w} +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_count_type_l:w} +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_count_type_m:w} +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_count_type_t:w} +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_count_type_u:w} +% For counting the mandatory arguments, a function is provided for +% each argument type that will mop any extra arguments and call the +% loop function. Only the counting functions for mandatory arguments +% actually do anything: the rest are simply there to ensure the loop +% continues correctly. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:cpn { xparse_count_type_>:w } #1 + { \xparse_count_mandatory:N } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:cpn { xparse_count_type_+:w } + { \xparse_count_mandatory:N } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_count_type_d:w #1#2 + { \xparse_count_mandatory:N } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_count_type_D:w #1#2#3 + { \xparse_count_mandatory:N } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xparse_count_type_g:w + { \xparse_count_mandatory:N } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_count_type_G:w #1 + { \xparse_count_mandatory:N } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xparse_count_type_l:w + { + \int_incr:N \l_xparse_mandatory_args_int + \xparse_count_mandatory:N + } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xparse_count_type_m:w + { + \int_incr:N \l_xparse_mandatory_args_int + \xparse_count_mandatory:N + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_count_type_t:w #1 + { \xparse_count_mandatory:N } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_count_type_u:w #1 + { + \int_incr:N \l_xparse_mandatory_args_int + \xparse_count_mandatory:N + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_declare_cmd:Nnn} +% \begin{macro}[aux]{\xparse_declare_cmd_aux:Nnn} +% \begin{macro}[aux]{\xparse_declare_cmd_aux:cnn} +% \begin{macro}[aux]{\xparse_declare_cmd_all_m:Nn} +% \begin{macro}[aux]{\xparse_declare_cmd_mixed:Nn} +% First, the signature is set up from the argument specification. There +% is then a check: if only \texttt{m} arguments are needed (which +% includes functions with no arguments at all) then the definition is +% simple. On the other hand, if the signature is more complex then an +% internal function actually contains the code with the user function +% as a simple wrapper. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_declare_cmd:Nnn #1#2 + { + \cs_if_exist:NTF #1 + { + \msg_warning:nnxx { xparse } { redefine-command } + { \token_to_str:N #1 } { \tl_to_str:n {#2} } + } + { + \msg_info:nnxx { xparse } { define-command } + { \token_to_str:N #1 } { \tl_to_str:n {#2} } + } + \xparse_declare_cmd_aux:Nnn #1 {#2} + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_declare_cmd_aux:Nnn #1#2#3 + { + \tl_clear_new:c { l_xparse_ \token_to_str:N #1 _arg_spec_tl } + \tl_set:cn { l_xparse_ \token_to_str:N #1 _arg_spec_tl } {#2} + \xparse_count_mandatory:n {#2} + \xparse_prepare_signature:n {#2} + \bool_if:NTF \l_xparse_m_only_bool + { \xparse_declare_cmd_all_m:Nn #1 {#3} } + { \xparse_declare_cmd_mixed:Nn #1 {#3} } + } +\cs_generate_variant:Nn \xparse_declare_cmd_aux:Nnn { cnn } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_declare_cmd_all_m:Nn #1#2 + { + \cs_generate_from_arg_count:NNnn + #1 \cs_set_protected_nopar:Npn \l_xparse_total_args_int {#2} + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_declare_cmd_mixed:Nn #1#2 + { + \group_begin: + \tex_escapechar:D 92 \scan_stop: + \tl_set:Nx \l_xparse_function_tl { \token_to_str:N #1 } + \exp_args:NNNo \group_end: + \tl_set:Nn \l_xparse_function_tl { \l_xparse_function_tl } + \cs_set_protected_nopar:Npx #1 + { + \exp_not:n + { + \int_zero:N \l_xparse_processor_int + \tl_set:Nn \l_xparse_args_tl + } + { \exp_not:c { \l_xparse_function_tl } } + \exp_not:o \l_xparse_signature_tl + \exp_not:N \l_xparse_args_tl + } + \cs_generate_from_arg_count:cNnn + { \token_to_str:N #1 } \cs_set:Npn \l_xparse_total_args_int {#2} + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +%\end{macro} +%\end{macro} +%\end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_declare_cmd_implementation:nNn} +% Creating a stand-alone implementation using the \enquote{two-part} +% mechanism is quite easy as this is just a wrapper for +% \cs{cs_generate_from_arg_count:cNnn}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_declare_cmd_implementation:nNn #1#2#3 + { + \cs_generate_from_arg_count:cNnn { implementation_ #1 :w } + \cs_set:Npn {#2} {#3} + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_declare_cmd_interface:Nnn} +% \begin{macro}[aux]{\xparse_declare_cmd_interface_all_m:Nn} +% \begin{macro}[aux]{\xparse_declare_cmd_interface_mixed:Nn} +% As with the basic function \cs{xparse_declare_cmd:Nnn}, there are +% three things to do here. First, generate a signature from the +% argument specification. Then use that to create a function which +% will call the implementation part. Finally, a holder implementation +% is created. As before, there is a short-cut for functions which only +% have \texttt{m} type arguments. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_declare_cmd_interface:Nnn #1#2#3 + { + \xparse_prepare_signature:n {#3} + \bool_if:NTF \l_xparse_m_only_bool + { \xparse_declare_cmd_interface_all_m:Nn #1 {#2} } + { \xparse_declare_cmd_interface_mixed:Nn #1 {#2} } + \cs_generate_from_arg_count:cNnn { implementation_ #2 :w } + \cs_set:Npn \l_xparse_total_args_int { '#2' } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_declare_cmd_interface_all_m:Nn #1#2 + { + \cs_generate_from_arg_count:NNnn + #1 \cs_set_protected_nopar:Npn \l_xparse_total_args_int + { \use:c { implementation_ #2 :w } } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_declare_cmd_interface_mixed:Nn #1#2 + { + \cs_set_protected_nopar:Npx #1 + { + \exp_not:n + { + \int_zero:N \l_xparse_processor_int + \tl_set:Nn \l_xparse_args_tl + } + { \exp_not:c { \token_to_str:N #1 } } + \exp_not:o \l_xparse_signature_tl + \exp_not:N \l_xparse_args_tl + } + \cs_generate_from_arg_count:cNnn + { \token_to_str:N #1 } \cs_set:Npn \l_xparse_total_args_int + { \use:c { implementation_ #2 :w } } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_declare_env:nnnn} +% The idea here is to make sure that the end of the environment has the +% same arguments available as the beginning. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_declare_env:nnnn #1#2#3#4 + { + \bool_set_true:N \l_xparse_environment_bool + \cs_if_exist:cTF {#1} + { + \msg_warning:nnxx { xparse } { redefine-environment } + { \tl_to_str:n {#1} } { \tl_to_str:n {#2} } + } + { + \msg_info:nnxx { xparse } { define-environment } + { \tl_to_str:n {#1} } { \tl_to_str:n {#2} } + } + \xparse_declare_cmd_aux:cnn { environment_begin_ #1 :w } {#2} + { + \group_begin: + \cs_set_protected_nopar:cpx { environment_end_ #1 :w } + { + \exp_not:c { environment_end_ #1 _aux:N } + \exp_not:o \l_xparse_args_tl + \group_end: + } + #3 + } + \cs_set_protected_nopar:cpx { environment_end_ #1 : } + { \exp_not:c { environment_end_ #1 :w } } + \bool_set_false:N \l_xparse_environment_bool + \cs_set_nopar:cpx { environment_end_ #1 _aux:N } ##1 + { \exp_not:c { environment_end_ #1 _aux :w } } + \cs_generate_from_arg_count:cNnn + { environment_end_ #1 _aux :w } \cs_set:Npn + \l_xparse_total_args_int {#4} + \cs_set_eq:cc {#1} { environment_begin_ #1 :w } + \cs_set_eq:cc { end #1 } { environment_end_ #1 : } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_flush_m_args:} +% As \texttt{m} arguments are simply counted, there is a need to add +% them to the token register in a block. As this function can only +% be called if something other than \texttt{m} turns up, the flag can +% be switched here. The total number of mandatory arguments added to +% the signature is also decreased by the appropriate amount. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xparse_flush_m_args: + { + \cs_if_exist:cT { xparse_grab_m_ \int_use:N \l_xparse_m_args_int :w } + { + \tl_put_right:Nx \l_xparse_signature_tl + { \exp_not:c { xparse_grab_m_ \int_use:N \l_xparse_m_args_int :w } } + \int_set:Nn \l_xparse_mandatory_args_int + { \l_xparse_mandatory_args_int - \l_xparse_m_args_int } + } + \int_zero:N \l_xparse_m_args_int + \bool_set_false:N \l_xparse_m_only_bool + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}[TF]{\xparse_if_no_value:n} +% Tests for \cs{NoValue}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\prg_new_conditional:Npnn \xparse_if_no_value:n #1 { T , F , TF } + { \str_if_eq:nnTF {#1} { \NoValue } \prg_return_true: \prg_return_false: } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_prepare_signature:n} +% Creating the signature is a case of working through the input and +% turning into the output in \cs{l_xparse_signature_tl}. A track is +% also kept of the total number of arguments. This function sets +% everything up then hands off to the parser. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_prepare_signature:n #1 + { + \bool_set_false:N \l_xparse_long_bool + \int_zero:N \l_xparse_m_args_int + \bool_if:NTF \l_xparse_environment_bool + { \bool_set_false:N \l_xparse_m_only_bool } + { \bool_set_true:N \l_xparse_m_only_bool } + \bool_set_false:N \l_xparse_processor_bool + \tl_clear:N \l_xparse_signature_tl + \int_zero:N \l_xparse_total_args_int + \xparse_prepare_signature:N #1 \q_nil + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_prepare_signature:N} +% \begin{macro}[aux]{\xparse_prepare_signature_aux:N} +% The main signature-preparation loop is in two parts, to keep the code +% a little clearer. Most of the checks here is pretty clear, with a key +% point to watch what is next on the stack so that the loop continues +% correctly. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_prepare_signature:N #1 + { + \bool_set_false:N \l_xparse_processor_bool + \xparse_prepare_signature_aux:N #1 + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_prepare_signature_aux:N #1 + { + \quark_if_nil:NTF #1 + { \bool_if:NF \l_xparse_m_only_bool { \xparse_flush_m_args: } } + { + \prop_if_in:NnTF \c_xparse_shorthands_prop {#1} + { + \prop_get:NnN \c_xparse_shorthands_prop {#1} \l_xparse_tmp_tl + \exp_after:wN \xparse_prepare_signature:N \l_xparse_tmp_tl + } + { + \int_incr:N \l_xparse_total_args_int + \xparse_check_and_add:N #1 + } + } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_process_arg:n} +% Processors are saved for use later during the grabbing process. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_process_arg:n #1 + { + \int_incr:N \l_xparse_processor_int + \cs_set:cpn { xparse_processor_ \int_use:N \l_xparse_processor_int :n } ##1 + { #1 {##1} } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Grabbing arguments} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_add_arg:n, \xparse_add_arg:V} +% \begin{macro}[aux]{\xparse_add_arg_aux:n, \xparse_add_arg_aux:V} +% The argument-storing system provides a single point for interfacing +% with processors. They are done in a loop, counting downward. In this +% way, the processor which was found last is executed first. The result +% is that processors apply from right to left, as intended. Notice that +% a set of braces are added back around the result of processing so that +% the internal function will correctly pick up one argument for each +% input argument. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_add_arg:n #1 + { + \int_compare:nNnTF \l_xparse_processor_int = \c_zero + { \tl_put_right:Nn \l_xparse_args_tl { {#1} } } + { + \xparse_if_no_value:nTF {#1} + { + \int_zero:N \l_xparse_processor_int + \tl_put_right:Nn \l_xparse_args_tl { {#1} } + } + { \xparse_add_arg_aux:n {#1} } + } + } +\cs_generate_variant:Nn \xparse_add_arg:n { V } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_add_arg_aux:n #1 + { + \tl_set_eq:NN \ProcessedArgument \l_xparse_arg_tl + \use:c { xparse_processor_ \int_use:N \l_xparse_processor_int :n } {#1} + \int_decr:N \l_xparse_processor_int + \int_compare:nNnTF \l_xparse_processor_int = \c_zero + { + \tl_put_right:Nx \l_xparse_args_tl + { { \exp_not:V \ProcessedArgument } } + } + { \xparse_add_arg_aux:V \ProcessedArgument } +} +\cs_generate_variant:Nn \xparse_add_arg_aux:n { V } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% All of the grabbers follow the same basic pattern. The initial +% function sets up the appropriate information to define +% \cs{parse_grab_arg:w} to grab the argument. This means determining +% whether to use \cs{cs_set:Npn} or \cs{cs_set_nopar:Npn}, and for +% optional arguments whether to skip spaces. In all cases, +% \cs{xparse_grab_arg:w} is then called to actually do the grabbing. +% +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_grab_arg:w} +% \begin{macro}[aux]{\xparse_grab_arg_aux_i:w} +% \begin{macro}[aux]{\xparse_grab_arg_aux_ii:w} +% Each time an argument is actually grabbed, \pkg{xparse} defines a +% function to do it. In that way, long arguments from previous functions +% can be included in the definition of the grabber function, so that +% it does not raise an error if not long. The generic function used +% for this is reserved here. A couple of auxiliary functions are also +% needed in various places. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_grab_arg:w { } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_grab_arg_aux_i:w { } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_grab_arg_aux_ii:w { } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_grab_D:w} +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_grab_D_long:w} +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_grab_D_trailing:w} +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_grab_D_long_trailing:w} +% The generic delimited argument grabber. The auxiliary function does +% a peek test before calling \cs{xparse_grab_arg:w}, so that the +% optional nature of the argument works as expected. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_grab_D:w #1#2#3#4 \l_xparse_args_tl + { + \xparse_grab_D_aux:NNnnNn #1 #2 {#3} {#4} \cs_set_protected_nopar:Npn + { _ignore_spaces } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_grab_D_long:w #1#2#3#4 \l_xparse_args_tl + { + \xparse_grab_D_aux:NNnnNn #1 #2 {#3} {#4} \cs_set_protected:Npn + { _ignore_spaces } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_grab_D_trailing:w #1#2#3#4 \l_xparse_args_tl + { \xparse_grab_D_aux:NNnnNn #1 #2 {#3} {#4} \cs_set_protected_nopar:Npn { } } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_grab_D_long_trailing:w #1#2#3#4 \l_xparse_args_tl + { \xparse_grab_D_aux:NNnnNn #1 #2 {#3} {#4} \cs_set_protected:Npn { } } +% \end{macrocode} +% \begin{macro}[aux]{\xparse_grab_D_aux:NNnnNn} +% This is a bit complicated. The idea is that, in order to check for +% nested optional argument tokens (\texttt{[[...]]} and so on) the +% argument needs to be grabbed without removing any braces at all. If +% this is not done, then cases like |[{[}]| fail. So after testing for +% an optional argument, it is collected piece-wise. First, the opening +% token is removed, then a check is made for a group. If it looks like +% the entire argument is a group, then an extra set of braces are +% added back in. The closing token is then used to collect everything +% else. There is then a test to see if there is nesting, by looking +% for a \enquote{spare} open-argument token. If that is found, things hand +% off to a loop to deal with that. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_grab_D_aux:NNnnNn #1#2#3#4#5#6 + { + #5 \xparse_grab_arg:w #1 + { + \peek_meaning:NTF \c_group_begin_token + { \xparse_grab_arg_aux_i:w } + { \xparse_grab_arg_aux_ii:w } + } + #5 \xparse_grab_arg_aux_i:w ##1 + { + \peek_charcode:NTF #2 + { \xparse_grab_arg_aux_ii:w { {##1} } } + { \xparse_grab_arg_aux_ii:w {##1} } + } + #5 \xparse_grab_arg_aux_ii:w ##1 #2 + { + \tl_if_in:nnTF {##1} {#1} + { \xparse_grab_D_nested:NNnnN #1 #2 {##1} {#4} #5 } + { + \xparse_add_arg:n {##1} + #4 \l_xparse_args_tl + } + } + \use:c { peek_charcode #6 :NTF } #1 + { \xparse_grab_arg:w } + { + \xparse_add_arg:n {#3} + #4 \l_xparse_args_tl + } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}[aux]{\xparse_grab_D_nested:NNnnN} +% \begin{macro}{\l_xparse_nesting_a_tl} +% \begin{macro}{\l_xparse_nesting_b_tl} +% \begin{macro}{\q_xparse} +% Catching nested optional arguments means more work. The aim here is +% to collect up each pair of optional tokens without \TeX{} helping out, +% and without counting anything. The code above will already have +% removed the leading opening token and a closing token, but the +% wrong one. The aim is then to work through the the material grabbed +% so far and divide it up on each opening token, grabbing a closing +% token to match (thus working in pairs). Once there are no opening +% tokens, then there is a second check to see if there are any +% opening tokens in the second part of the argument (for things +% like |[][]|). Once everything has been found, the entire collected +% material is added to the output as a single argument. +% \begin{macrocode} +\tl_new:N \l_xparse_nesting_a_tl +\tl_new:N \l_xparse_nesting_b_tl +\quark_new:N \q_xparse +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_grab_D_nested:NNnnN #1#2#3#4#5 + { + \tl_clear:N \l_xparse_nesting_a_tl + \tl_clear:N \l_xparse_nesting_b_tl + #5 \xparse_grab_arg:w ##1 #1 ##2 \q_xparse ##3 #2 + { + \tl_put_right:Nn \l_xparse_nesting_a_tl { ##1 #1 } + \tl_put_right:Nn \l_xparse_nesting_b_tl { #2 ##3 } + \tl_if_in:nnTF {##2} {#1} + { \xparse_grab_arg:w ##2 \q_xparse } + { + \tl_put_right:Nn \l_xparse_nesting_a_tl {##2} + \tl_if_in:NnTF \l_xparse_nesting_b_tl {#1} + { + \tl_set_eq:NN \l_xparse_tmp_tl \l_xparse_nesting_b_tl + \tl_clear:N \l_xparse_nesting_b_tl + \exp_after:wN \xparse_grab_arg:w \l_xparse_tmp_tl \q_xparse + } + { + \tl_put_right:No \l_xparse_nesting_a_tl + \l_xparse_nesting_b_tl + \xparse_add_arg:V \l_xparse_nesting_a_tl + #4 \l_xparse_args_tl + } + } + } + \xparse_grab_arg:w #3 \q_xparse + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_grab_G:w} +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_grab_G_long:w} +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_grab_G_trailing:w} +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_grab_G_long_trailing:w} +% \begin{macro}[aux]{\xparse_grab_G_aux:nnNn} +% Optional groups are checked by meaning, so that the same code will +% work with, for example, Con\TeX{}t-like input. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_grab_G:w #1#2 \l_xparse_args_tl + { + \xparse_grab_G_aux:nnNn {#1} {#2} \cs_set_protected_nopar:Npn + { _ignore_spaces } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_grab_G_long:w #1#2 \l_xparse_args_tl + { + \xparse_grab_G_aux:nnNn {#1} {#2} \cs_set_protected:Npn { _ignore_spaces } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_grab_G_trailing:w #1#2 \l_xparse_args_tl + { \xparse_grab_G_aux:nnNn {#1} {#2} \cs_set_protected_nopar:Npn { } } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_grab_G_long_trailing:w #1#2 \l_xparse_args_tl + { \xparse_grab_G_aux:nnNn {#1} {#2} \cs_set_protected:Npn { } } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_grab_G_aux:nnNn #1#2#3#4 + { + #3 \xparse_grab_arg:w ##1 + { + \xparse_add_arg:n {##1} + #2 \l_xparse_args_tl + } + \use:c { peek_meaning #4 :NTF } \c_group_begin_token + { \xparse_grab_arg:w } + { + \xparse_add_arg:n {#1} + #2 \l_xparse_args_tl + } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_grab_l:w} +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_grab_l_long:w} +% \begin{macro}[aux]{\xparse_grab_l_aux:nN} +% Argument grabbers for mandatory \TeX\ arguments are pretty simple. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_grab_l:w #1 \l_xparse_args_tl + { \xparse_grab_l_aux:nN {#1} \cs_set_protected_nopar:Npn } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_grab_l_long:w #1 \l_xparse_args_tl + { \xparse_grab_l_aux:nN {#1} \cs_set_protected:Npn } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_grab_l_aux:nN #1#2 + { + #2 \xparse_grab_arg:w ##1## + { + \xparse_add_arg:n {##1} + #1 \l_xparse_args_tl + } + \xparse_grab_arg:w + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_grab_m:w} +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_grab_m_long:w} +% Collecting a single mandatory argument is quite easy. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_grab_m:w #1 \l_xparse_args_tl + { + \cs_set_protected_nopar:Npn \xparse_grab_arg:w ##1 + { + \xparse_add_arg:n {##1} + #1 \l_xparse_args_tl + } + \xparse_grab_arg:w + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_grab_m_long:w #1 \l_xparse_args_tl + { + \cs_set_protected:Npn \xparse_grab_arg:w ##1 + { + \xparse_add_arg:n {##1} + #1 \l_xparse_args_tl + } + \xparse_grab_arg:w + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_grab_m_1:w} +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_grab_m_2:w} +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_grab_m_3:w} +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_grab_m_4:w} +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_grab_m_5:w} +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_grab_m_6:w} +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_grab_m_7:w} +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_grab_m_8:w} +% Grabbing 1--8 mandatory arguments. We don't need to worry about +% nine arguments as this is only possible if everything is +% mandatory. Each function has an auxiliary so that \cs{par} tokens +% from other arguments still work. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:cpn { xparse_grab_m_1:w } #1 \l_xparse_args_tl + { + \cs_set_protected_nopar:Npn \xparse_grab_arg:w ##1 + { + \tl_put_right:Nn \l_xparse_args_tl { {##1} } + #1 \l_xparse_args_tl + } + \xparse_grab_arg:w + } +\cs_new_protected:cpn { xparse_grab_m_2:w } #1 \l_xparse_args_tl + { + \cs_set_protected_nopar:Npn \xparse_grab_arg:w ##1##2 + { + \tl_put_right:Nn \l_xparse_args_tl { {##1} {##2} } + #1 \l_xparse_args_tl + } + \xparse_grab_arg:w + } +\cs_new_protected:cpn { xparse_grab_m_3:w } #1 \l_xparse_args_tl + { + \cs_set_protected_nopar:Npn \xparse_grab_arg:w ##1##2##3 + { + \tl_put_right:Nn \l_xparse_args_tl { {##1} {##2} {##3} } + #1 \l_xparse_args_tl + } + \xparse_grab_arg:w + } +\cs_new_protected:cpn { xparse_grab_m_4:w } #1 \l_xparse_args_tl + { + \cs_set_protected_nopar:Npn \xparse_grab_arg:w ##1##2##3##4 + { + \tl_put_right:Nn \l_xparse_args_tl { {##1} {##2} {##3} {##4} } + #1 \l_xparse_args_tl + } + \xparse_grab_arg:w + } +\cs_new_protected:cpn { xparse_grab_m_5:w } #1 \l_xparse_args_tl + { + \cs_set_protected_nopar:Npn \xparse_grab_arg:w ##1##2##3##4##5 + { + \tl_put_right:Nn \l_xparse_args_tl { {##1} {##2} {##3} {##4} {##5} } + #1 \l_xparse_args_tl + } + \xparse_grab_arg:w + } +\cs_new_protected:cpn { xparse_grab_m_6:w } #1 \l_xparse_args_tl + { + \cs_set_protected_nopar:Npn \xparse_grab_arg:w ##1##2##3##4##5##6 + { + \tl_put_right:Nn \l_xparse_args_tl + { {##1} {##2} {##3} {##4} {##5} {##6} } + #1 \l_xparse_args_tl + } + \xparse_grab_arg:w + } +\cs_new_protected:cpn { xparse_grab_m_7:w } #1 \l_xparse_args_tl + { + \cs_set_protected_nopar:Npn \xparse_grab_arg:w ##1##2##3##4##5##6##7 + { + \tl_put_right:Nn \l_xparse_args_tl + { {##1} {##2} {##3} {##4} {##5} {##6} {##7} } + #1 \l_xparse_args_tl + } + \xparse_grab_arg:w + } +\cs_new_protected:cpn { xparse_grab_m_8:w } #1 \l_xparse_args_tl + { + \cs_set_protected_nopar:Npn \xparse_grab_arg:w ##1##2##3##4##5##6##7##8 + { + \tl_put_right:Nn \l_xparse_args_tl + { {##1} {##2} {##3} {##4} {##5} {##6} {##7} {##8} } + #1 \l_xparse_args_tl + } + \xparse_grab_arg:w + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +%\end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_grab_t:w} +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_grab_t_long:w} +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_grab_t_trailing:w} +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_grab_t_long_trailing:w} +% \begin{macro}[aux]{\xparse_grab_t_aux:NnNn} +% Dealing with a token is quite easy. Check the match, remove the +% token if needed and add a flag to the output. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_grab_t:w #1#2 \l_xparse_args_tl + { + \xparse_grab_t_aux:NnNn #1 {#2} \cs_set_protected_nopar:Npn + { _ignore_spaces } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_grab_t_long:w #1#2 \l_xparse_args_tl + { \xparse_grab_t_aux:NnNn #1 {#2} \cs_set_protected:Npn { _ignore_spaces } } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_grab_t_trailing:w #1#2 \l_xparse_args_tl + { \xparse_grab_t_aux:NnNn #1 {#2} \cs_set_protected_nopar:Npn { } } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_grab_t_long_trailing:w #1#2 \l_xparse_args_tl + { \xparse_grab_t_aux:NnNn #1 {#2} \cs_set_protected:Npn { } } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_grab_t_aux:NnNn #1#2#3#4 + { + #3 \xparse_grab_arg:w + { + \use:c { peek_charcode_remove #4 :NTF } #1 + { + \xparse_add_arg:n { \BooleanTrue } + #2 \l_xparse_args_tl + } + { + \xparse_add_arg:n { \BooleanFalse } + #2 \l_xparse_args_tl + } + } + \xparse_grab_arg:w + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_grab_u:w} +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_grab_u_long:w} +% \begin{macro}[aux]{\xparse_grab_u_aux:NnN} +% Grabbing up to a list of tokens is quite easy: define the grabber, +% and then collect. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_grab_u:w #1#2 \l_xparse_args_tl + { \xparse_grab_u_aux:NnN {#1} {#2} \cs_set_protected_nopar:Npn } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_grab_u_long:w #1#2 \l_xparse_args_tl + { \xparse_grab_u_aux:NnN {#1} {#2} \cs_set_protected:Npn } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_grab_u_aux:NnN #1#2#3 + { + #3 \xparse_grab_arg:w ##1 #1 + { + \xparse_add_arg:n {##1} + #2 \l_xparse_args_tl + } + \xparse_grab_arg:w + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Argument processors} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_process_to_str:n} +% A basic argument processor: as much an example as anything else. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_process_to_str:n #1 + { \tl_set:Nx \ProcessedArgument { \tl_to_str:n {#1} } } +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_bool_reverse:N} +% A simple reversal. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_bool_reverse:N #1 + { + \bool_if:NTF #1 + { \tl_set:Nn \ProcessedArgument { \c_false_bool } } + { \tl_set:Nn \ProcessedArgument { \c_true_bool } } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\l_xparse_split_argument_tl} +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_split_argument:nnn} +% \begin{macro}[aux]{\xparse_split_argument_aux_i:w} +% \begin{macro}[aux]{\xparse_split_argument_aux_ii:w} +% \begin{macro}[aux]{\xparse_split_argument_aux_iii:w} +% The idea of this function is to split the input $n + 1$ times using +% a given token. +% \begin{macrocode} +\tl_new:N \l_xparse_split_argument_tl +\group_begin: + \char_set_catcode_active:N \@ + \cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_split_argument:nnn #1#2#3 + { + \tl_set:Nn \l_xparse_split_argument_tl {#3} + \group_begin: + \char_set_lccode:nn { `\@ } { `#2} + \tl_to_lowercase:n + { + \group_end: + \tl_replace_all_in:Nnn \l_xparse_split_argument_tl { @ } {#2} + } + \cs_set_protected:Npn \xparse_split_argument_aux_i:w + ##1 \q_mark ##2 #2 ##3 \q_stop + { + \tl_put_right:Nn \ProcessedArgument { {##2} } + ##1 \q_mark ##3 \q_stop + } + \cs_set_protected:Npn \xparse_split_argument_aux_iii:w + ##1 #2 ##2 \q_stop + { + \IfNoValueF {##1} + { + \msg_error:nnxxx { xparse } { split-excess-tokens } + { \tl_to_str:n {#2} } { \tl_to_str:n {#1} } + { \tl_to_str:n {#3} } + } + } + \tl_set:Nx \l_xparse_tmp_tl + { + \prg_replicate:nn { #1 + 1 } + { \xparse_split_argument_aux_i:w } + \xparse_split_argument_aux_ii:w + \exp_not:N \q_mark + \exp_not:o \l_xparse_split_argument_tl + \prg_replicate:nn {#1} { \exp_not:n {#2} \NoValue } + \exp_not:n { #2 \q_stop } + } + \l_xparse_tmp_tl + } +\group_end: +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_split_argument_aux_i:w { } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_split_argument_aux_ii:w + #1 \q_mark #2 \q_stop + { + \tl_if_empty:nF {#2} + { \xparse_split_argument_aux_iii:w #2 \q_stop } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_split_argument_aux_iii:w { } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +%\begin{macro}{\l_xparse_split_list_tl} +%\begin{macro}{\xparse_split_list:nn} +%\begin{macro}{\xparse_split_list_aux:w} +% Splitting a list is done again by first dealing with active +% characters, then looping over the list using the same method as the +% \cs{clist_map_\ldots} functions. +% \begin{macrocode} +\tl_new:N \l_xparse_split_list_tl +\group_begin: + \char_set_catcode_active:N \@ + \cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_split_list:nn #1#2 + { + \tl_set:Nn \l_xparse_split_list_tl {#2} + \group_begin: + \char_set_lccode:nn { `\@ } { `#1 } + \tl_to_lowercase:n + { + \group_end: + \tl_replace_all_in:Nnn \l_xparse_split_list_tl { @ } {#1} + } + \cs_set:Npn \xparse_split_list_aux:w ##1 #1 + { + \quark_if_recursion_tail_stop:n {##1} + \tl_put_right:Nn \ProcessedArgument { {##1} } + \xparse_split_list_aux:w + } + \tl_if_empty:NTF \l_xparse_split_list_tl + { \tl_set:Nn \ProcessedArgument { { } } } + { + \tl_clear:N \ProcessedArgument + \exp_after:wN \xparse_split_list_aux:w + \l_xparse_split_list_tl #1 + \q_recursion_tail #1 \q_recursion_stop + } + } +\group_end: +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_split_list_aux:w { } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Creating expandable functions} +% +% The trick here is to pass each grabbed argument along a chain of +% auxiliary functions. Each one ultimately calls the next in the chain, +% so that all of the arguments are passed along delimited using +% \cs{q_xparse}. At the end of the chain, the marker is removed +% so that the user-supplied code can be passed the correct number +% of arguments. All of this is done by expansion! +% +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_exp_add_type_d:w} +% As in the standard case, the trick here is to slot in the default +% and treat as type \texttt{D}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_exp_add_type_d:w #1#2 + { \xparse_exp_add_type_D:w #1 #2 { \NoValue } } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_exp_add_type_D:w} +% The most complex argument to grab in an expandable manner is the +% general delimited one. First, a short-cut is set up in +% \cs{l_xparse_tmp_tl} for the name of the current grabber function. +% This is then created to grab one argument and test if it is equal +% to the opening delimiter. If the test fails, the code adds the default +% value and closing delimiter before `recycling' the argument. In either +% case, the second auxiliary function is called. It finds the closing +% delimiter and so the optional argument (if any). The function then +% calls the next one in the chain, passing along the argument(s) +% grabbed thus-far using \cs{q_xparse} as a marker. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_exp_add_type_D:w #1#2#3 + { + \tl_set:Nx \l_xparse_tmp_tl + { + \exp_after:wN \token_to_str:N \l_xparse_function_tl + \int_use:N \l_xparse_total_args_int + } + \xparse_exp_set:cpx { \l_xparse_tmp_tl } ##1 \q_xparse ##2 + { + \exp_not:N \tl_if_head_eq_charcode:nNTF {##2} #1 + { + \exp_not:c { \l_xparse_tmp_tl aux } + ##1 \exp_not:N \q_xparse + } + { + \exp_not:c { \l_xparse_tmp_tl aux } + ##1 \exp_not:N \q_xparse #3 #2 {##2} + } + } + \xparse_exp_set:cpx { \l_xparse_tmp_tl aux} ##1 \q_xparse ##2 #2 + { + \exp_not:c + { + \exp_after:wN \token_to_str:N \l_xparse_function_tl + \int_eval:n { \l_xparse_total_args_int + 1 } + } + ##1 {##2} \exp_not:N \q_xparse + } + \xparse_exp_prepare_function:N + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_exp_add_type_l:w} +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_exp_add_type_m:w} +% Gathering \texttt{l} and \texttt{m} arguments is almost the same. +% The grabber for the current argument is created to simply get the +% necessary argument and pass it along with any others through to the +% next function in the chain. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xparse_exp_add_type_l:w + { + \xparse_exp_set:cpx + { + \exp_after:wN \token_to_str:N \l_xparse_function_tl + \int_use:N \l_xparse_total_args_int + } + ##1 \q_xparse ##2## + { + \exp_not:c + { + \exp_after:wN \token_to_str:N \l_xparse_function_tl + \int_eval:n { \l_xparse_total_args_int + 1 } + } + ##1 {##2} \exp_not:N \q_xparse + } + \xparse_exp_prepare_function:N + } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xparse_exp_add_type_m:w + { + \int_incr:N \l_xparse_m_args_int + \xparse_exp_set:cpx + { + \exp_after:wN \token_to_str:N \l_xparse_function_tl + \int_use:N \l_xparse_total_args_int + } + ##1 \q_xparse ##2 + { + \exp_not:c + { + \exp_after:wN \token_to_str:N \l_xparse_function_tl + \int_eval:n { \l_xparse_total_args_int + 1 } + } + ##1 {##2} \exp_not:N \q_xparse + } + \xparse_exp_prepare_function:N + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_exp_add_type_t:w} +% Looking for a single token is a simpler version of the \texttt{D} +% code. The same idea of picking up one argument is used, but there is +% no need for a second function as there is no closing token to find. So +% either \cs{BooleanTrue} or \cs{BooleanFalse} are added to the list of +% arguments. In the later case, the grabber argument must be `recycled'. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_exp_add_type_t:w #1 + { + \tl_set:Nx \l_xparse_tmp_tl + { + \exp_after:wN \token_to_str:N \l_xparse_function_tl + \int_eval:n { \l_xparse_total_args_int + 1 } + } + \xparse_exp_set:cpx + { + \exp_after:wN \token_to_str:N \l_xparse_function_tl + \int_use:N \l_xparse_total_args_int + } + ##1 \q_xparse ##2 + { + \exp_not:N \tl_if_head_eq_charcode:nNTF {##2} #1 + { + \exp_not:c { \l_xparse_tmp_tl } + ##1 \exp_not:n { { \BooleanTrue } \q_xparse } + } + { + \exp_not:c { \l_xparse_tmp_tl } + ##1 \exp_not:n { { \BooleanFalse } \q_xparse {##2} } + } + } + \xparse_exp_prepare_function:N + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_exp_add_type_u:w} +% Setting up for a \texttt{u} argument is a case of defining the +% grabber for the current argument in a delimited fashion. The rest of +% the process is as the other grabbers: add to the chain and call the +% next function. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_exp_add_type_u:w #1 + { + \xparse_exp_set:cpx + { + \exp_after:wN \token_to_str:N \l_xparse_function_tl + \int_use:N \l_xparse_total_args_int + } + ##1 \q_xparse ##2 #1 + { + \exp_not:c + { + \exp_after:wN \token_to_str:N \l_xparse_function_tl + \int_eval:n { \l_xparse_total_args_int + 1 } + } + ##1 {##2} \exp_not:N \q_xparse + } + \xparse_exp_prepare_function:N + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_exp_check_and_add:N} +% Virtually identical to the normal version, except calling the +% expandable \texttt{add} functions rather than the standard versions. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xparse_exp_check_and_add:N #1 + { + \cs_if_free:cTF { xparse_exp_add_type_ #1 :w } + { + \msg_error:nnx { xparse } { unknown-argument-type } + { \tl_to_str:n {#1} } + \tl_set:Nn \l_xparse_last_arg_tl { m } + \xparse_exp_add_type_m:w + } + { + \tl_set:Nn \l_xparse_last_arg_tl {#1} + \use:c { xparse_exp_add_type_ #1 :w } + } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_exp_declare_cmd:Nnn} +% \begin{macro}[aux]{\xparse_exp_declare_cmd_all_m:Nn} +% \begin{macro}[aux]{\xparse_exp_declare_cmd_mixed:Nn} +% \begin{macro}[aux]{\xparse_exp_declare_cmd_mixed_aux:Nn} +% The overall scheme here is very different from the standard method. +% For each argument, an internal function is created to grab an argument +% and pass along previous ones. Each `daisy chains' to call the next +% one in the sequence. Thus at the end of the chain, an extra `argument' +% function is included to unwind the chain and pass data to the the +% internal function containing the actual code. If all of the arguments +% are type \texttt{m}, then the same tick is used as in the standard +% version. The \texttt{x} in the lead-off and mop-up functions makes +% sure that the braces around the first argument are not lost. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_exp_declare_cmd:Nnn #1#2#3 + { + \cs_if_exist:NTF #1 + { + \msg_warning:nnxx { xparse } { redefine-command } + { \token_to_str:N #1 } { \tl_to_str:n {#2} } + } + { + \msg_info:nnxx { xparse } { define-command } + { \token_to_str:N #1 } { \tl_to_str:n {#2} } + } + \group_begin: + \tex_escapechar:D 92 \scan_stop: + \tl_set:Nx \l_xparse_function_tl { \token_to_str:N #1} + \exp_args:NNNo \group_end: + \tl_set:Nn \l_xparse_function_tl { \l_xparse_function_tl } + \xparse_exp_prepare_function:n {#2} + \int_compare:nNnTF \l_xparse_total_args_int = \l_xparse_m_args_int + { \xparse_exp_declare_cmd_all_m:Nn #1 {#3} } + { \xparse_exp_declare_cmd_mixed:Nn #1 {#3} } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_exp_declare_cmd_all_m:Nn #1#2 + { + \bool_if:NTF \l_xparse_long_bool + { + \cs_generate_from_arg_count:NNnn + #1 \cs_set:Npn \l_xparse_total_args_int {#2} + } + { + \cs_generate_from_arg_count:NNnn + #1 \cs_set_nopar:Npn \l_xparse_total_args_int {#2} + } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_exp_declare_cmd_mixed:Nn #1#2 + { + \tl_if_in:noTF { l m u } \l_xparse_last_arg_tl + { \xparse_exp_declare_cmd_mixed_aux:Nn #1 {#2} } + { \msg_error:nn { xparse } { expandable-ending-optional } } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_exp_declare_cmd_mixed_aux:Nn #1#2 + { + \cs_set_nopar:Npx #1 + { \exp_not:c { \token_to_str:N #1 1 } x \exp_not:N \q_xparse } + \cs_set_nopar:cpx + { \token_to_str:N #1 \int_eval:n { \l_xparse_total_args_int + 1 } } + x ##1 \q_xparse + { \exp_not:c { \token_to_str:N #1 } ##1 } + \cs_generate_from_arg_count:cNnn + { \token_to_str:N #1 } \cs_set:Npn \l_xparse_total_args_int {#2} + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_exp_prepare_function:n} +% \begin{macro}[aux]{\xparse_exp_prepare_function_aux:n} +% A couple of early validation tests. Processors are forbidden, as are +% \texttt{g}, \texttt{l} and \texttt{u} arguments (the later more for +% ease than any technical reason). +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_exp_prepare_function:n #1 + { + \bool_set_false:N \l_xparse_error_bool + \tl_if_in:nnT {#1} { > } + { + \msg_error:nnx { xparse } { processor-in-expandable } + { \tl_to_str:n {#1} } + \bool_set_true:N \l_xparse_error_bool + } + \tl_if_in:nnT {#1} { g } + { + \msg_error:nnx { xparse } { grouped-in-expandable } + { g } { \tl_to_str:n {#1} } + \bool_set_true:N \l_xparse_error_bool + } + \tl_if_in:nnT {#1} { G } + { + \msg_error:nnx { xparse } { grouped-in-expandable } + { G } { \tl_to_str:n {#1} } + \bool_set_true:N \l_xparse_error_bool + } + \bool_if:NF \l_xparse_error_bool + { \xparse_exp_prepare_function_aux:n {#1} } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_exp_prepare_function_aux:n #1 + { + \cs_set_eq:NN \xparse_prepare_next:w \xparse_exp_prepare_function:N + \cs_set_eq:NN \xparse_exp_set:cpx \cs_set_nopar:cpx + \bool_set_false:N \l_xparse_long_bool + \int_zero:N \l_xparse_m_args_int + \int_zero:N \l_xparse_total_args_int + \tl_if_in:nnT {#1} { + } + { + \bool_set_true:N \l_xparse_long_bool + \cs_set_eq:NN \xparse_exp_set:cpx \cs_set:cpx + } + \xparse_exp_prepare_function:N #1 \q_nil + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_exp_prepare_function:N} +% \begin{macro}[aux]{\xparse_exp_prepare_function_long:N} +% \begin{macro}[aux]{\xparse_exp_prepare_function_short:N} +% Preparing functions is a case of reading the signature, as in the +% normal case. However, everything has to be either short or long, and +% so there is an extra step to make sure that once one \texttt{+} has +% been seen everything has one. That detour then takes us back to +% a standard looping concept. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_exp_prepare_function:N #1 + { + \bool_if:NTF \l_xparse_long_bool + { \xparse_exp_prepare_function_long:N #1 } + { \xparse_exp_prepare_function_short:N #1 } +} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_exp_prepare_function_long:N #1 + { + \quark_if_nil:NF #1 + { + \str_if_eq:nnTF {#1} { + } + { \xparse_exp_prepare_function_short:N } + { + \msg_error:nn { xparse } { inconsistent-long } + \xparse_exp_prepare_function_short:N #1 + } + } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_exp_prepare_function_short:N #1 + { + \quark_if_nil:NF #1 + { + \prop_if_in:NnTF \c_xparse_shorthands_prop {#1} + { + \prop_get:NnN \c_xparse_shorthands_prop {#1} \l_xparse_tmp_tl + \bool_if:NT \l_xparse_long_bool + { \tl_put_left:Nn \l_xparse_tmp_tl { + } } + \exp_after:wN \xparse_exp_prepare_function:N \l_xparse_tmp_tl + } + { + \int_incr:N \l_xparse_total_args_int + \xparse_exp_check_and_add:N #1 + } + } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_exp_set:cpx} +% A short-cut to save constantly re-testing \cs{l_xparse_long_bool}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_eq:NN \xparse_exp_set:cpx \cs_set_nopar:cpx +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Access to the argument specification} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_get_arg_spec:N} +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_get_arg_spec:n} +% \begin{macro}{\ArgumentSpecification} +% Recovering the argument specification is also trivial, using the +% \cs{tl_set_eq:cN} function. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_get_arg_spec:N #1 + { + \cs_if_exist:cTF { l_xparse_ \token_to_str:N #1 _arg_spec_tl } + { + \tl_set_eq:Nc \ArgumentSpecification + { l_xparse_ \token_to_str:N #1 _arg_spec_tl } + } + { + \msg_error:nnx { xparse } { unknown-document-command } + { \token_to_str:N #1 } + } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_get_arg_spec:n #1 + { + \cs_if_exist:cTF { l_xparse_ #1 _arg_spec_tl } + { \tl_set_eq:Nc \ArgumentSpecification { l_xparse_ #1 _arg_spec_tl } } + { + \msg_error:nnx { xparse } { unknown-document-environment } + { \tl_to_str:n {#1} } + } + } +\tl_new:N \ArgumentSpecification +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_show_arg_spec:N} +% \begin{macro}{\xparse_show_arg_spec:n} +% Showing the argument specification simply means finding it and then +% calling the \cs{tl_show:c} function. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_show_arg_spec:N #1 + { + \cs_if_exist:cTF { l_xparse_ \token_to_str:N #1 _arg_spec_tl } + { + \tl_set_eq:Nc \ArgumentSpecification + { l_xparse_ \token_to_str:N #1 _arg_spec_tl } + \tl_show:N \ArgumentSpecification + } + { + \msg_error:nnx { xparse } { unknown-document-command } + { \token_to_str:N #1 } + } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_show_arg_spec:n #1 + { + \cs_if_exist:cTF { l_xparse_ #1 _arg_spec_tl } + { + \tl_set_eq:Nc \ArgumentSpecification { l_xparse_ #1 _arg_spec_tl } + \tl_show:N \ArgumentSpecification + } + { + \msg_error:nnx { xparse } { unknown-document-environment } + { \tl_to_str:n {#1} } + } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +%\subsection{Messages} +% +% Some messages intended as errors. +% \begin{macrocode} +\msg_new:nnnn { xparse } { command-already-defined } + { Command~'#1'~already~defined! } + { + You~have~used~\NewDocumentCommand + with~a~command~that~already~has~a~definition. \\ + The~existing~definition~of~'#1'~will~be~overwritten. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xparse } { command-not-yet-defined } + { Command ~'#1'~not~yet~defined! } + { + You~have~used~\RenewDocumentCommand + with~a~command~that~was~never~defined.\\ + A~new~command~'#1'~will~be~created. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xparse } { environment-already-defined } + { Environment~'#1'~already~defined! } + { + You~have~used~\NewDocumentEnvironment + with~an~environment~that~already~has~a~definition.\\ + The~existing~definition~of~'#1'~will~be~overwritten. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xparse } { environment-mismatch } + { Mismatch~between~start~and~end~of~environment. } + { + The~current~environment~is~called~'#1',~but~you~have~tried~to~ + end~one~called~'#2'.~Environments~have~to~be~properly~nested. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xparse } { environment-not-yet-defined } + { Environment~'#1'~not~yet~defined! } + { + You~have~used~\RenewDocumentEnvironment + with~an~environment~that~was~never~defined.\\ + A~new~environment~'#1'~will~be~created. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xparse } { environment-unknown } + { Environment~'#1'~undefined. } + { + You~have~tried~to~start~an~environment~called~'#1',~ + but~this~has~never~been~defined.\\ + The~command~will~be~ignored. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xparse } { expandable-ending-optional } + { Signature~for~expandable~command~ends~with~optional~argument. } + { + \c_msg_coding_error_text_tl + Expandable~commands~must~have~a~final~mandatory~argument~ + (or~no~arguments~at~all).~You~cannot~have~a~terminal~optional~ + argument~with~expandable~commands. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xparse } { grouped-in-expandable } + { Argument~specifier~'#1'~forbidden~in~expandable~commands. } + { + \c_msg_coding_error_text_tl + Argument~specification~'#2'~contains~the~optional~grouped~ + argument~'#1':~ + this~is only~supported~for~standard~robust~functions. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xparse } { inconsistent-long } + { Inconsistent~long~arguments~for~expandable~command. } + { + \c_msg_coding_error_text_tl + The~arguments~for~an~expandable~command~must~either~all~be~ + short~or~all~be~long.~You~have~tried~to~mix~the~two~types. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xparse } { processor-in-expandable } + { Argument~processors~cannot~be~used~with~expandable~functions. } + { + \c_msg_coding_error_text_tl + Argument~specification~'#1'~contains~a~processor~function:~ + this~is~only~supported~for~standard~robust~functions. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xparse } { split-excess-tokens } + { Too~many~'#1'~tokens~when~trying~to~split~argument. } + { + LaTeX~was~asked~to~split~the~input~'#3'~ + at~each~occurrence~of~the~token~'#1',~up~to~a~maximum~of~#2~parts.~ + There~were~too~many~'#1'~tokens. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xparse } { unknown-argument-type } + { Unknown~argument~type~'#1'~replaced~by~'m'. } + { + \c_msg_coding_error_text_tl + The~letter~'#1'~does~not~specify~a~known~argument~type.~ + LaTeX~will~assume~you~want~a~standard~mandatory~argument~(type~'m'). + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xparse } { unknown-document-command } + { Unknown~document~command~'#1'. } + { + You~have~asked~for~the~argument~specification~for~a~command~'#1',~ + but~this~is~not~a~document~command. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xparse } { unknown-document-environment } + { Unknown~document~environment~'#1'. } + { + You~have~asked~for~the~argument~specification~for~a~command~'#1',~ + but~this~is~not~a~document~environment. + } +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Intended more for information. +% \begin{macrocode} +\msg_new:nnn { xparse } { define-command } + { + Defining~document~command~#1~ + with~arg.~spec.~'#2'~\msg_line_context:. + } +\msg_new:nnn { xparse } { define-environment } + { + Defining~document~environment~'#1'~ + with~arg.~spec.~'#2'~\msg_line_context:. + } +\msg_new:nnn { xparse } { redefine-command } + { + Redefining~document~command~#1~ + with~arg.~spec.~'#2'~\msg_line_context:. + } +\msg_new:nnn { xparse } { redefine-environment } + { + Redefining~document~environment~'#1'~ + with~arg.~spec.~'#2'~\msg_line_context:. + } +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{User functions} +% +% The user functions are more or less just the internal functions +% renamed. +% +% \begin{macro}{\BooleanFalse} +% \begin{macro}{\BooleanTrue} +% Design-space names for the Boolean values. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_eq:NN \BooleanFalse \c_false_bool +\cs_new_eq:NN \BooleanTrue \c_true_bool +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareDocumentCommand} +% \begin{macro}{\NewDocumentCommand} +% \begin{macro}{\RenewDocumentCommand} +% \begin{macro}{\ProvideDocumentCommand} +% The user macros are pretty simple wrappers around the internal ones. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \DeclareDocumentCommand #1#2#3 + { \xparse_declare_cmd:Nnn #1 {#2} {#3} } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \NewDocumentCommand #1#2#3 + { + \cs_if_exist:NTF #1 + { + \msg_error:nnx { xparse } { command-already-defined } + { \token_to_str:N #1 } + } + { \xparse_declare_cmd:Nnn #1 {#2} {#3} } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \RenewDocumentCommand #1#2#3 + { + \cs_if_exist:NTF #1 + { \xparse_declare_cmd_aux:Nnn #1 {#2} {#3} } + { + \msg_error:nnx { xparse } { command-not-yet-defined } + { \token_to_str:N #1 } + } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \ProvideDocumentCommand #1#2#3 + { \cs_if_exist:NF #1 { \xparse_declare_cmd:Nnn #1 {#2} {#3} } } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareDocumentCommandImplementation} +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareDocumentCommandInterface} +% The separate implementation/interface system is again pretty simple +% to create at the outer layer. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \DeclareDocumentCommandImplementation #1#2#3 + { \xparse_declare_cmd_implementation:nNn {#1} #2 {#3} } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \DeclareDocumentCommandInterface #1#2#3 + { \xparse_declare_cmd_interface:Nnn #1 {#2} {#3} } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareDocumentEnvironment} +% \begin{macro}{\NewDocumentEnvironment} +% \begin{macro}{\RenewDocumentEnvironment} +% \begin{macro}{\ProvideDocumentEnvironment} +% Very similar for environments. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \DeclareDocumentEnvironment #1#2#3#4 + { \xparse_declare_env:nnnn {#1} {#2} {#3} {#4} } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \NewDocumentEnvironment #1#2#3#4 + { + \cs_if_exist:cTF {#1} + { \msg_error:nnx { xparse } { environment-already-defined } {#1} } + { \xparse_declare_env:nnnn {#1} {#2} {#3} {#4} } +} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \RenewDocumentEnvironment #1#2#3#4 + { + \cs_if_exist:cTF {#1} + { \xparse_declare_env:nnnn {#1} {#2} {#3} {#4} } + { \msg_error:nnx { xparse } { environment-not-yet-defined } {#1} } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \ProvideDocumentEnvironment #1#2#3#4 + { \cs_if_exist:cF { #1 } { \xparse_declare_env:nnnn {#1} {#2} {#3} {#4} } } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareExpandableDocumentCommand} +% The expandable version of the basic function is essentially the same. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \DeclareExpandableDocumentCommand #1#2#3 + { \xparse_exp_declare_cmd:Nnn #1 {#2} {#3} } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}[TF]{\IfBoolean} +% The logical \meta{true} and \meta{false} statements are just the +% normal \cs{c_true_bool} and \cs{c_false_bool}, so testing for them is +% done with the \cs{bool_if:NTF} functions from \textsf{l3prg}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_eq:NN \IfBooleanTF \bool_if:NTF +\cs_new_eq:NN \IfBooleanT \bool_if:NT +\cs_new_eq:NN \IfBooleanF \bool_if:NF +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}[TF]{\IfNoValue} +% Simple re-naming. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_eq:NN \IfNoValueF \xparse_if_no_value:nF +\cs_new_eq:NN \IfNoValueT \xparse_if_no_value:nT +\cs_new_eq:NN \IfNoValueTF \xparse_if_no_value:nTF +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}[TF]{\IfValue} +% Inverted logic. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_set:Npn \IfValueF { \xparse_if_no_value:nT } +\cs_set:Npn \IfValueT { \xparse_if_no_value:nF } +\cs_set:Npn \IfValueTF #1#2#3 { \xparse_if_no_value:nTF {#1} {#3} {#2} } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{variable}{\NoValue} +% The marker for no value being give: this can be typeset safely. +% This is coded by hand as making it \cs{protected} ensures that it +% will not turn into anything else by accident. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \NoValue { -NoValue- } +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{variable} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ProcessedArgument} +% Processed arguments are returned using this name, which is reserved +% here although the definition will change. +% \begin{macrocode} +\tl_new:N \ProcessedArgument +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ReverseBoolean} +% A processor to reverse the logic for token detection. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_eq:NN \ReverseBoolean \xparse_bool_reverse:N +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\SplitArgument} +% \begin{macro}{\SplitList} +% Another simple copy. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_eq:NN \SplitArgument \xparse_split_argument:nnn +\cs_new_eq:NN \SplitList \xparse_split_list:nn +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\GetDocumentCommandArgSpec} +% \begin{macro}{\GetDocumentEnvironmentArgSpec} +% \begin{macro}{\ShowDocumentCommandArgSpec} +% \begin{macro}{\ShowDocumentEnvironmentArgSpec} +% More simple mappings. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_eq:NN \GetDocumentCommandArgSpec \xparse_get_arg_spec:N +\cs_new_eq:NN \GetDocumentEnvironmmentArgSpec \xparse_get_arg_spec:n +\cs_new_eq:NN \ShowDocumentCommandArgSpec \xparse_show_arg_spec:N +\cs_new_eq:NN \ShowDocumentEnvironmentArgSpec \xparse_show_arg_spec:n +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Package options} +% +% A faked key--value option to keep the log clean. Not yet perfect, but +% better than nothing. +% \begin{macrocode} +\DeclareOption { log-declarations = true } { } +\DeclareOption { log-declarations = false } + { + \msg_redirect_module:nnn { xparse } { info } { none } + \msg_redirect_module:nnn { xparse } { warning } { none } + } +\DeclareOption { log-declarations } { } +\ProcessOptions \scan_stop: +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%</package> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \end{implementation} +% +% \PrintIndex diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/xparse/xparse.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/xparse/xparse.ins new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..995ddbb8ff0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/xparse/xparse.ins @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +\iffalse meta-comment + +File xparse.ins Copyright (C) 2000-2011 The LaTeX3 Project + +It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the +LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this +license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version +of this license is in the file + + http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt + +This file is part of the "l3packages bundle" (The Work in LPPL) +and all files in that bundle must be distributed together. + +The released version of this bundle is available from CTAN. + +\fi + +\input docstrip.tex +\askforoverwritefalse + +\preamble + +EXPERIMENTAL CODE + +Do not distribute this file without also distributing the +source files specified above. + +Do not distribute a modified version of this file. + +\endpreamble +% stop docstrip adding \endinput +\postamble +\endpostamble + +\keepsilent + +\generate{\file{xparse.sty} {\from{xparse.dtx} {package}}} + +\endbatchfile diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/xtemplate/xtemplate.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/xtemplate/xtemplate.dtx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bdca9d69f82 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/xtemplate/xtemplate.dtx @@ -0,0 +1,2848 @@ +% \iffalse meta-comment +% +%% File: xtemplate.dtx (C) Copyright 1999 Frank Mittelbach, Chris Rowley, +%% David Carlisle +%% (C) Copyright 2004-2010 Frank Mittelbach, +%% The LaTeX3 Project +%% (C) Copyright 2011 The LaTeX3 Project +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the +%% LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this +%% license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version +%% of this license is in the file +%% +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% +%% This file is part of the "l3packages bundle" (The Work in LPPL) +%% and all files in that bundle must be distributed together. +%% +%% The released version of this bundle is available from CTAN. +%% +%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- +%% +%% The development version of the bundle can be found at +%% +%% http://www.latex-project.org/svnroot/experimental/trunk/ +%% +%% for those people who are interested. +%% +%%%%%%%%%%% +%% NOTE: %% +%%%%%%%%%%% +%% +%% Snapshots taken from the repository represent work in progress and may +%% not work or may contain conflicting material! We therefore ask +%% people _not_ to put them into distributions, archives, etc. without +%% prior consultation with the LaTeX Project Team. +%% +%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- +%% +% +%<*driver|package> +\RequirePackage{expl3} +\GetIdInfo$Id: xtemplate.dtx 2492 2011-07-02 13:40:38Z joseph $ + {L3 Experimental prototype document functions} +%</driver|package> +%<*driver> +\documentclass[full]{l3doc} +\usepackage{amstext} +\begin{document} + \DocInput{\jobname.dtx} +\end{document} +%</driver> +% \fi +% +% \title{^^A +% The \textsf{xtemplate} package\\ Prototype document functions^^A +% \thanks{This file describes v\ExplFileVersion, +% last revised \ExplFileDate.}^^A +% } +% +% \author{^^A +% The \LaTeX3 Project\thanks +% {^^A +% E-mail: +% \href{mailto:latex-team@latex-project.org} +% {latex-team@latex-project.org}^^A +% }^^A +% } +% +% \date{Released \ExplFileDate} +% +% \maketitle +% +% \begin{documentation} +% +% There are three broad \enquote{layers} between putting down ideas into +% a source file and ending up with a typeset document. These layers of +% document writing are +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item authoring of the text with mark-up; +% \item document layout design; +% \item implementation (with \TeX{} programming) of the design. +% \end{enumerate} +% We write the text as an author, and we see the visual output of the design +% after the document is generated; the \TeX{} implementation in the middle is +% the glue between the two. +% +% \LaTeX{}'s greatest success has been to standardise a system of mark-up that +% balances the trade-off between ease of reading and ease of writing to suit +% almost all forms of technical writing. It's +% other original strength was a good background in typographical design; while +% the standard \LaTeXe{} classes look somewhat dated now in terms of their +% visual design, their typography is generally sound. (Barring the occasional +% minor faults.) +% +% However, \LaTeXe{} has always lacked a standard approach to customising +% the visual design of a document. Changing the looks of the standard classes +% involved either: +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Creating a new version of the implementation code of the class and +% editing it. +% \item Loading one of the many packages to customise certain elements of +% the standard classes. +% \item Loading a completely different document class, such as +% \textsf{KOMA-Script} or \textsf{memoir}, that allows easy customisation. +% \end{itemize} +% All three of these approaches have their drawbacks and learning curves. +% +% The idea behind \pkg{xtemplate} is to cleanly separate the three layers +% introduced at the beginning of this section, so that document authors who +% are not programmers can easily change the design of their documents. +% \pkg{xtemplate} also makes it easier for \LaTeX{} programmers to provide +% their own customisations on top of a pre-existing class. +% +% The idea behind the template module is to cleanly separate the three +% layers, so that document authors who are not programmers can easily +% change the design of their documents. Templates also make it easier +% for \LaTeX{} programmers to provide their own customisations on top of +% a pre-existing class. +% +% \section{What is a document?} +% +% Besides the textual content of the words themselves, the source file +% of a document contains mark-up elements that add structure to the +% document. These elements include sectional divisions, figure/table +% captions, lists of various sorts, theorems/proofs, and so on. +% The list will be different for every document that can be written. +% +% Each element can be represented logically without worrying about the +% formatting, with mark-up such as \cs{section}, \cs{caption}, +% |\begin{enumerate}| and so on. The output of each one of these +% document elements will be a typeset representation of the information +% marked up, and the visual arrangement and design of these elements +% can vary widely in producing a variety of desired outcomes. +% +% For each type of document element, there may be design variations that +% contain the same sort of information but present it in slightly +% different ways. For example, the difference between a numbered and an +% unnumbered section, \cs{section} and |\section*|, or the difference +% between an itemised list or an enumerated list. +% +% There are three distinct layers in the definition of +% \enquote{a document} at this level +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item semantic elements such as the ideas of sections and lists; +% \item a set of design solutions for representing these elements +% visually; +% \item specific variations for these designs that represent the +% elements in the document. +% \end{enumerate} +% In the parlance of the template system, these are called object types, +% templates, and instances, and they are discussed below in sections +% \ref{sec:objects}, \ref{sec:templates}, and~\ref{sec:instances}, +% respectively. +% +% \section {Objects, templates, and instances} +% +% By formally declaring documents to be composed of mark-up elements +% grouped into objects, which are interpreted and typeset with a set of +% templates, each of which has one or more instances with which to +% compose each and every semantic unit of the text, there can be clean +% separate the components of document construction. +% +% All of the structures provided by the template system are global, +% and do not respect \TeX{} grouping. +% +% \section{Object types} +% \label{sec:objects} +% +% An \emph{object type} (sometimes just \enquote{object}) is an +% abstract idea of a document element that takes a fixed number of +% arguments corresponding to the information from the document author +% that it is representing. A sectioning object, for example, might take +% three inputs: \enquote{title}, \enquote{short title}, and +% \enquote{label}. +% +% Any given document class will define which object types are to be +% used in the document, and any template of a given object type can be +% used to generate an instance for the object. (Of course, different +% templates will produce different typeset representations, but the +% underlying content will be the same.) +% +% \begin{function}{\DeclareObjectType} +% \begin{syntax} +% \cs{DeclareObjectType} \Arg{object type} \Arg{no. of args} +% \end{syntax} +% This function defines an \meta{object type} taking +% \meta{number of arguments}, where the \meta{object type} is an +% abstraction as discussed above. For example, +% \begin{verbatim} +% \DeclareObjectType{sectioning}{3} +% \end{verbatim} +% creates an object type \enquote{sectioning}, where each use of that +% object type will need three arguments. +% \end{function} +% +% \section{Templates} +% \label{sec:templates} +% +% A \emph{template} is a generalised design solution for representing +% the information of a specified object type. Templates that do the same +% thing, but in different ways, are grouped together by their object type +% and given separate names. There are two important parts to a template: +% \begin{itemize} +% \item the parameters it takes to vary the design it is producing; +% \item the implementation of the design. +% \end{itemize} +% As a document author or designer does not care about the +% implementation but rather only the interface to the template, these two +% aspects of the template definition are split into two independent +% declarations, \cs{DeclareTemplateInterface} and +% \cs{DeclareTemplateCode}. +% +% \begin{function}{\DeclareTemplateInterface} +% \begin{syntax} +% \cs{DeclareTemplateInterface} +% ~~\Arg{object type} \Arg{template} \Arg{no.~of args} +% ~~\Arg{key list} +% \end{syntax} +% A \meta{template} interface is declared for a particular +% \meta{object type}, where the \meta{number of arguments} must +% agree with the object type declaration. The interface itself is +% defined by the \meta{key list}, which is itself a key--value list +% taking a specialized format: +% +% \begin{syntax} +% \meta{key1}~":"~\meta{key type1}~"," +% \meta{key2}~":"~\meta{key type2}~"," +% \meta{key3}~":"~\meta{key type3}~"="~\meta{default3}~"," +% \meta{key4}~":"~\meta{key type4}~"="~\meta{default4}~"," +% \ldots +% \end{syntax} +% Each \meta{key} name should consist of \textsc{ascii} characters, +% with the exception of |,|, |=| and \verb*| |. The recommended form +% for key names is to use lower case letters, with dashes to separate +% out different parts. Spaces are ignored in key names, so they can be +% included are missed out at will. Each \meta{key} must have a +% \meta{key type}, which defined the type of input that the \meta{key} +% requires. A full list of key types is given in +% Table~\ref{tab:key-types}. Each key may have a \meta{default} +% value, which will be used in by the template if the \meta{key} is +% not set explicitly. The \meta{default} should be of the correct +% form to be accepted by the \meta{key type} of the \meta{key}: this +% is not checked by the code. +% \begin{table} +% \centering +% \begin{tabular}{>{\ttfamily}ll} +% \toprule +% \multicolumn{1}{l}{Key-type} & Description of input \\ +% \midrule +% boolean & \texttt{true} or \texttt{false} \\ +% choice\Arg{choices} +% & A list of pre-defined \meta{choices} \\ +% code +% & Generalised key type: use |#1| as the input to the key \\ +% commalist & A comma-separated \\ +% function\Arg{$N$} +% & A function definition with $N$ arguments +% ($N$ from $0$ to $9$) \\ +% instance\Arg{name} +% & An instance of type \meta{name} \\ +% integer & An integer or integer expression \\ +% length & A fixed length \\ +% muskip & A math length with shrink and stretch components \\ +% real & A real (floating point) value \\ +% skip & A length with shrink and stretch components \\ +% tokenlist & A token list: any text or commands \\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabular} +% \caption{Key-types for defining template interfaces with +% \cs{DeclareTemplateInterface}.} +% \label{tab:key-types} +% \end{table} +% \end{function} +% +% \begin{function}{\KeyValue} +% \begin{syntax} +% \cs{KeyValue} \Arg{key name} +% \end{syntax} +% There are occasions where the default (or value) for one key +% should be taken from another. The \cs{KeyValue} function can be +% used to transfer this information without needing to know the +% internal implementation of the key: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \DeclareTemplateInterface { object } { template } { no. of args } +% { +% key-name-1 : key-type = value , +% key-name-2 : key-type = \KeyValue { key-name-1 }, +% ... +% } +% \end{verbatim} +% \end{function} +% +% \begin{function}{\DeclareTemplateCode} +% \begin{syntax} +% \cs{DeclareTemplateCode} +% ~~\Arg{object type} \Arg{template} \Arg{no.~of args} +% ~~\Arg{key bindings} \Arg{code} +% \end{syntax} +% The relationship between a templates keys and the internal +% implementation is created using the \cs{DeclareTemplateCode} +% function. As with \cs{DeclareTemplateInterface}, the +% \meta{template} name is given along with the \meta{object type} +% and \meta{number of arguments} required. The \meta{key bindings} +% argument is a key--value list which specifies the relationship +% between each \meta{key} of the template interface with an +% underlying\meta{variable}. +% +% \begin{syntax} +% \meta{key1}~"="~\meta{variable1}, +% \meta{key2}~"="~\meta{variable2}, +% \meta{key3}~"="~global~\meta{variable3}, +% \meta{key4}~"="~global~\meta{variable4}, +% \ldots +% \end{syntax} +% With the exception of the choice, code and function key types, +% the \meta{variable} here should be the name of an existing +% \LaTeX3 register. As illustrated, the key word \enquote{global} +% may be included in the listing to indicate that the \meta{variable} +% should be assigned globally. A full list of variable bindings is +% given in Table~\ref{tab:key-vars}. +% \begin{table} +% \centering +% \begin{tabular}{>{\ttfamily}ll} +% \toprule +% \multicolumn{1}{l}{Key-type} & Description of binding \\ +% \midrule +% boolean & Boolean variable, \emph{e.g}.~\cs{l_tmpa_bool} \\ +% choice +% & List of choice implementations +% (see Section~\ref{sec:choices-key}) \\ +% code +% & \meta{code} using |#1| as input to the key \\ +% commalist & Comma list, \emph{e.g}.~\cs{l_tmpa_clist} \\ +% function +% & Function taking $N$ arguments, \emph{e.g}.~\cs{use_i:nn} \\ +% instance \\ +% integer & Integer variable, \emph{e.g}.~\cs{l_tmpa_int} \\ +% length & Dimension variable, \emph{e.g}.~\cs{l_tmpa_dim} \\ +% muskip & Muskip variable, \emph{e.g}.~\cs{l_tmpa_muskip} \\ +% real & Floating-point variable, \emph{e.g}.~\cs{l_tmpa_fp} \\ +% skip & Skip variable, \emph{e.g}.~\cs{l_tmpa_skip} \\ +% tokenlist & Token list variable, \emph{e.g}.~\cs{l_tmpa_tl} \\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabular} +% \caption{Bindings required for different key types when defining +% template implementations with \cs{DeclareTemplateCode}. Apart +% from \texttt{code}, \texttt{choice} and \texttt{function} +% all of these accept the key word \texttt{global} to carry +% out a global assignment.} +% \label{tab:key-vars} +% \end{table} +% The \meta{code} argument of \cs{DeclareTemplateCode} is used +% as the replacement text for the template when it is used, either +% directly or as an instance. This may therefore accept arguments +% |#1|, |#2|, \emph{etc}.~as detailed by the \meta{number of arguments} +% taken by the object type. +% \end{function} +% +% \begin{function}{\AssignTemplateKeys} +% \begin{syntax} +% \cs{AssignTemplateKeys} +% \end{syntax} +% In the final argument of \cs{DeclareTemplateCode} the assignment of +% keys defined by the template is carried out by using the function +% \cs{AssignTemplateKeys}. Thus no keys are assigned if this is missing +% from the \meta{code} used. +% \end{function} +% +% \begin{function}{\EvaluateNow} +% \begin{syntax} +% \cs{EvaluteNow} \Arg{expression} +% \end{syntax} +% The standard method when creating an instance from a template is to +% evaluate the \meta{expression} when the instance is used. However, it may +% be desirable to calculate the value when declared, which can be +% forced using \cs{EvaluateNow}. Currently, this functionality is +% regarded as experimental: the team have not found an example where it +% is actually needed, and so it may be dropped \emph{if} no good +% examples are suggested! +% \end{function} +% +% \section{Multiple choices} +% \label{sec:choices-key} +% +% The \texttt{choice} key type implements multiple choice input. At the +% interface level, only the list of valid choices is needed: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \DeclareTemplateInterface { foo } { bar } { 0 } +% { key-name : choice { A, B, C } } +% \end{verbatim} +% where the choices are given as a comma-list (which must therefore +% be wrapped in braces). A default value can also be given: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \DeclareTemplateInterface { foo } { bar } { 0 } +% { key-name : choice { A, B, C } = A } +% \end{verbatim} +% +% At the implementation level, each choice is associated with code, +% using a nested key--value list. +% \begin{verbatim} +% \DeclareTemplateCode { foo } { bar } { 0 } +% { +% key-name = +% { +% A = Code-A , +% B = Code-B , +% C = Code-C +% } +% } +% { ... } +% \end{verbatim} +% The two choice lists should match, but in the implementation a +% special \texttt{unknown} choice is also available. This can be used +% to ignore values and implement an \enquote{else} branch: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \DeclareTemplateCode { foo } { bar } { 0 } +% { +% key-name = +% { +% A = Code-A , +% B = Code-B , +% C = Code-C , +% unknown = Else-code +% } +% } +% { ... } +% \end{verbatim} +% The \texttt{unknown} entry must be the last one given, and should +% \emph{not} be listed in the interface part of the template. +% +% For keys which accept the values \texttt{true} and \texttt{false} +% both the boolean and choice key types can be used. As template +% interfaces are intended to prompt clarity at the design level, the +% boolean key type should be favoured, with the choice type reserved +% for keys which take arbitrary values. +% +% \section{Instances} +% \label{sec:instances} +% +% After a template is defined it still needs to be put to use. The +% parameters that it expects need to be defined before it can be used in +% a document. Every time a template has parameters given to it, an +% \emph{instance} is created, and this is the code that ends up in the +% document to perform the typesetting of whatever pieces of information +% are input into it. +% +% For example, a template might say \enquote{here is a section with or +% without a number that might be centred or left aligned and print its +% contents in a certain font of a certain size, with a bit of a gap +% before and after it} whereas an instance declares \enquote{this is a +% section with a number, which is centred and set in $12\,\text{pt}$ +% italic with a $10\,\text{pt}$ skip before and a +% $12\,\text{pt}$ skip after it}. Therefore, an instance is just a +% frozen version of a template with specific settings as chosen by the +% designer. +% +% \begin{function}{\DeclareInstance} +% \begin{syntax} +% \cs{DeclareInstance} +% ~~\Arg{object type} \Arg{instance} \Arg{template} \Arg{parameters} +% \end{syntax} +% This function uses a \meta{template} for an \meta{object type} +% to create an \meta{instance}. The \meta{instance} will be set +% up using the \meta{parameters}, which will set some of the +% \meta{keys} in the \meta{template}. +% +% As a practical example, consider an object type for document sections +% (which might include chapters, parts, sections, \emph{etc}.), which +% is called \texttt{sectioning}. One possible template for this +% object type might be called \texttt{basic}, and one instance of this +% template would be a numbered section. The instance declaration might +% read: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \DeclareInstance { sectioning } { section-num } { basic } +% { +% numbered = true , +% justification = center , +% font =\normalsize\itshape , +% before-skip = 10pt , +% after-skip = 12pt , +% } +% \end{verbatim} +% Of course, the key names here are entirely imaginary, but illustrate +% the general idea of fixing some settings. +% \end{function} +% +% \section{Document interface} +% +% After the instances have been chosen, document commands must be +% declared to use those instances in the document. \cs{UseInstance} +% calls instances directly, and this command should be used internally +% in document-level mark-up. +% +% \begin{function}{\UseInstance} +% \begin{syntax} +% \cs{UseInstance} +% ~~\Arg{object type} \Arg{instance} \meta{arguments} +% \end{syntax} +% Uses an \meta{instance} of the \meta{object type}, which will require +% \meta{arguments} as determined by the number specified for the +% \meta{object type}. The \meta{instance} must have been declared +% before it can be used, otherwise an error is raised. +% \end{function} +% +% \begin{function}{\UseTemplate} +% \begin{syntax} +% \cs{UseTemplate} \Arg{object type} \Arg{template} +% ~~\Arg{settings} \meta{arguments} +% \end{syntax} +% Uses the \meta{template} of the specified \meta{object type}, +% applying the \meta{settings} and absorbing \meta{arguments} as +% detailed by the \meta{object type} declaration. This in effect +% is the same as creating an instance using \cs{DeclareInstance} +% and immediately using it with \cs{UseInstance}, but without the +% instance having any further existence. It is therefore useful where +% a template needs to be used once. +% +% This function can also be used as the argument to \texttt{instance} +% key types: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \DeclareInstance { object } { template } { instance } +% { +% instance-key = +% \UseTemplate { object2 } { template2 } { <settings> } +% } +% \end{verbatim} +% \end{function} +% +% \section{Changing existing definitions} +% +% Template parameters may be assigned specific defaults for instances +% to use if the instance declaration doesn't explicit set those +% parameters. In some cases, the document designer will wish to edit +% these defaults to allow them to \enquote{cascade} to the instances. +% The alternative would be to set each parameter identically for each +% instance declaration, a tedious and error-prone process. +% +% \begin{function}{\EditTemplateDefaults} +% \begin{syntax} +% \cs{EditTemplateDefaults} +% ~~\Arg{object type} \Arg{template} \Arg{new defaults} +% \end{syntax} +% Edits the \meta{defaults} for a \meta{template} for an +% \meta{object type}. The \meta{new defaults}, given as a key--value +% list, replace the existing defaults for the \meta{template}. This +% means that the change will apply to instances declared after the +% editing, but that instances which have already been created are +% unaffected. +% \end{function} +% +% \begin{function}{\EditInstance} +% \begin{syntax} +% \cs{EditInstance} +% ~~\Arg{object type} \Arg{instance} \Arg{new values} +% \end{syntax} +% Edits the \meta{values} for an \meta{instance} for an +% \meta{object type}. The \meta{new values}, given as a key--value +% list, replace the existing values for the \meta{instance}. This +% function is complementary to \cs{EditTemplateDefaults}: +% \cs{EditInstance} changes a single instance while leaving the +% template untouched. +% \end{function} +% +% \section{When template parameters should be frozen} +% +% A class designer may be inheriting templates declared by someone else, +% either third-party code or the \LaTeX{} kernel itself. Sometimes these +% templates will be overly general for the purposes of the document. +% The user should be able to customise parts of the template instances, +% but otherwise be restricted to only those parameters allowed by the +% designer. +% +% \begin{function}{\DeclareRestrictedTemplate} +% \begin{syntax} +% \cs{DeclareRestrictedTemplate} +% ~~\Arg{object type} \Arg{parent template} \Arg{new template} +% ~~\Arg{parameters} +% \end{syntax} +% Creates a copy of the \meta{parent template} for the +% \meta{object type} called \meta{new template}. The key--value list +% of \meta{parameters} applies in the \meta{new template} and cannot +% be changed when creating an instance. +% \end{function} +% +% \section{Getting information about templates and instances} +% +% \begin{function}{\ShowInstanceValues} +% \begin{syntax} +% \cs{ShowInstanceValues} \Arg{object type} \Arg{instance} +% \end{syntax} +% Shows the \meta{values} for an \meta{instance} of the given +% \meta{object type} at the terminal. +% \end{function} +% +% \begin{function}{\ShowCollectionInstanceValues} +% \begin{syntax} +% \cs{ShowInstanceValues} \Arg{collection} \Arg{object type} \Arg{instance} +% \end{syntax} +% Shows the \meta{values} for an \meta{instance} within +% a \meta{collection} of the given \meta{object type} at the terminal. +% \end{function} +% +% \begin{function}{\ShowTemplateCode} +% \begin{syntax} +% \cs{ShowTemplateCode} \Arg{object type} \Arg{template} +% \end{syntax} +% Shows the \meta{code} of a \meta{template} for an \meta{object type} +% in the terminal. +% \end{function} +% +% \begin{function}{\ShowTemplateDefaults} +% \begin{syntax} +% \cs{ShowTemplateDefaults} \Arg{object type} \Arg{template} +% \end{syntax} +% Shows the \meta{default} values of a \meta{template} for an +% \meta{object type} in the terminal. +% \end{function} +% +% \begin{function}{\ShowTemplateInterface} +% \begin{syntax} +% \cs{ShowTemplateInterface} \Arg{object type} \Arg{template} +% \end{syntax} +% Shows the \meta{keys} and associated \meta{key types} of a +% \meta{template} for an \meta{object type} in the terminal. +% \end{function} +% +% \begin{function}{\ShowTemplateVariables} +% \begin{syntax} +% \cs{ShowTemplateVariables} \Arg{object type} \Arg{template} +% \end{syntax} +% Shows the \meta{variables} and associated \meta{keys} of a +% \meta{template} for an \meta{object type} in the terminal. Note that +% \texttt{code} and \texttt{choice} keys do not map directly to variables +% but to arbitrary code. For \texttt{choice} keys, each valid choice +% is shown as a separate entry in the list, with the key name and choice +% separated by a space, for example +% \begin{verbatim} +% Template 'example' of object type 'example' has variable mapping: +% > demo unknown => \def \demo {?} +% > demo c => \def \demo {c} +% > demo b => \def \demo {b} +% > demo a => \def \demo {a}. +% \end{verbatim} +% would be shown for a choice key \texttt{demo} with valid choices +% \texttt{a}, \texttt{b} and \texttt{c}, plus code for an \texttt{unknown} +% branch. +% \end{function} +% +% \end{documentation} +% +% \begin{implementation} +% +% \section{\pkg{xtemplate} Implementation} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*package> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\ProvidesExplPackage + {\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% A check to make sure that \pkg{expl3} is not too old +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifpackagelater { l3token } { 2011/07/02 } + { } + { + \PackageError { xtemplate } { Support~package~l3kernel~too~old. } + { + Please~install~an~up~to~date~version~of~l3kernel~ + using~your~TeX~package~manager~or~from~CTAN.\\ \\ + Loading~xtemplate~will~abort! + } + \tex_endinput:D + } +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Variables and constants} +% +% \begin{variable}{\c_xtemplate_code_root_tl} +% \begin{variable}{\c_xtemplate_defaults_root_tl} +% \begin{variable}{\c_xtemplate_instances_root_tl} +% \begin{variable}{\c_xtemplate_keytypes_root_tl} +% \begin{variable}{\c_xtemplate_key_order_root_tl} +% \begin{variable}{\c_xtemplate_restrict_root_tl} +% \begin{variable}{\c_xtemplate_values_root_tl} +% \begin{variable}{\c_xtemplate_vars_root_tl} +% So that literal values are kept to a minimum. +% \begin{macrocode} +\tl_const:Nn \c_xtemplate_code_root_tl { template~code~>~ } +\tl_const:Nn \c_xtemplate_defaults_root_tl { template~defaults~>~ } +\tl_const:Nn \c_xtemplate_instances_root_tl { template~instance~>~ } +\tl_const:Nn \c_xtemplate_keytypes_root_tl { template~key~types~>~ } +\tl_const:Nn \c_xtemplate_key_order_root_tl { template~key~order~>~ } +\tl_const:Nn \c_xtemplate_restrict_root_tl { template~restrictions~>~ } +\tl_const:Nn \c_xtemplate_values_root_tl { template~values~>~ } +\tl_const:Nn \c_xtemplate_vars_root_tl { template~vars~>~ } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{variable} +% \end{variable} +% \end{variable} +% \end{variable} +% \end{variable} +% \end{variable} +% \end{variable} +% \end{variable} +% +% \begin{variable}{\c_xtemplate_keytypes_arg_seq} +% A list of keytypes which also need additional data (an argument), used +% to parse the keytype correctly. +% \begin{macrocode} +\seq_new:N \c_xtemplate_keytypes_arg_seq +\seq_put_right:Nn \c_xtemplate_keytypes_arg_seq { choice } +\seq_put_right:Nn \c_xtemplate_keytypes_arg_seq { function } +\seq_put_right:Nn \c_xtemplate_keytypes_arg_seq { instance } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{variable} +% +% \begin{variable}{\g_xtemplate_object_type_prop} +% For storing types and the associated number of arguments. +% \begin{macrocode} +\prop_new:N \g_xtemplate_object_type_prop +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{variable} +% +% \begin{variable}{\l_xtemplate_assignments_tl} +% When creating an instance, the assigned values are collected here. +% \begin{macrocode} +\tl_new:N \l_xtemplate_assignments_tl +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{variable} +% +% \begin{variable}{\l_xtemplate_collection_tl} +% The current instance collection name is stored here. +% \begin{macrocode} +\tl_new:N \l_xtemplate_collection_tl +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{variable} +% +% \begin{variable}{\l_xtemplate_collections_prop} +% Lists current collection in force, indexed by object type. +% \begin{macrocode} +\prop_new:N \l_xtemplate_collections_prop +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{variable} +% +% \begin{macro}{\l_xtemplate_default_tl} +% The default value for a key is recovered here from the property list +% in which it is stored. The internal implementation of property lists +% means that this is safe even with un-escaped |#| tokens. +% \begin{macrocode} +\tl_new:N \l_xtemplate_default_tl +% \end{macrocode} +%\ end{macro} +% +% \begin{variable}{\l_xtemplate_error_bool} +% A flag for errors to be carried forward. +% \begin{macrocode} +\bool_new:N \l_xtemplate_error_bool +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{variable} +% +% \begin{variable}{\l_xtemplate_global_bool} +% Used to indicate that assignments should be global. +% \begin{macrocode} +\bool_new:N \l_xtemplate_global_bool +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{variable} +% +% \begin{variable}{\l_xtemplate_restrict_bool} +% A flag to indicate that a template is being restricted. +% \begin{macrocode} +\bool_new:N \l_xtemplate_restrict_bool +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{variable} +% +% \begin{variable}{\l_xtemplate_restrict_clist} +% A scratch list for restricting templates. +% \begin{macrocode} +\clist_new:N \l_xtemplate_restrict_clist +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{variable} +% +% \begin{variable}{\l_xtemplate_key_name_tl} +% \begin{variable}{\l_xtemplate_keytype_tl} +% \begin{variable}{\l_xtemplate_keytype_arg_tl} +% \begin{variable}{\l_xtemplate_value_tl} +% \begin{variable}{\l_xtemplate_var_tl} +% When defining each key in a template, the name and type of the key +% need to be separated and stored. Any argument needed by the +% keytype is also stored separately. +% \begin{macrocode} +\tl_new:N \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl +\tl_new:N \l_xtemplate_keytype_tl +\tl_new:N \l_xtemplate_keytype_arg_tl +\tl_new:N \l_xtemplate_value_tl +\tl_new:N \l_xtemplate_var_tl +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{variable} +% \end{variable} +% \end{variable} +% \end{variable} +% \end{variable} +% +% \begin{variable}{\l_xtemplate_keytypes_prop} +% \begin{variable}{\l_xtemplate_key_order_seq} +% \begin{variable}{\l_xtemplate_values_prop} +% \begin{variable}{\l_xtemplate_vars_prop} +% To avoid needing too many difficult-to-follow csname assignments, +% various scratch token registers are used to build up data, which is +% then transferred +% \begin{macrocode} +\prop_new:N \l_xtemplate_keytypes_prop +\seq_new:N \l_xtemplate_key_order_seq +\prop_new:N \l_xtemplate_values_prop +\prop_new:N \l_xtemplate_vars_prop +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{variable} +% \end{variable} +% \end{variable} +% \end{variable} +% +% \begin{variable}{\l_xtemplate_tmp_clist} +% \begin{variable}{\l_xtemplate_tmp_dim} +% \begin{variable}{\l_xtemplate_tmp_int} +% \begin{variable}{\l_xtemplate_tmp_muskip} +% \begin{variable}{\l_xtemplate_tmp_skip} +% For pre-processing the data stored by \pkg{xtemplate}, a number of +% scratch variables are needed. The assignments are made to these in the +% first instance, unless evaluation is delayed. +% \begin{macrocode} +\clist_new:N \l_xtemplate_tmp_clist +\dim_new:N \l_xtemplate_tmp_dim +\int_new:N \l_xtemplate_tmp_int +\muskip_new:N \l_xtemplate_tmp_muskip +\skip_new:N \l_xtemplate_tmp_skip +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{variable} +% \end{variable} +% \end{variable} +% \end{variable} +% \end{variable} +% +% \begin{variable}{\l_xtemplate_tmp_tl} +% A scratch variable for comparisons and so on. +% \begin{macrocode} +\tl_new:N \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{variable} +% +% \subsection{Testing existence and validity} +% +% There are a number of checks needed for either the existence of +% a object type, template or instance. There are also some for the +% validity of a particular call. All of these are collected up here. +% +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_execute_if_arg_agree:nnT} +% A test agreement between the number of arguments for the template +% type and that specified when creating a template. This is not done as a +% separate conditional for efficiency and better error message +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_execute_if_arg_agree:nnT #1#2#3 + { + \prop_get:NnN \g_xtemplate_object_type_prop {#1} \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + \int_compare:nNnTF {#2} = \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + {#3} + { + \msg_error:nnxxx { xtemplate } + { argument-number-mismatch } {#1} { \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl } {#2} + } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_execute_if_code_exist:nnT} +% A template is only fully declared if the code has been set up, +% which can be checked by looking for the template function itself. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_execute_if_code_exist:nnT #1#2#3 + { + \cs_if_exist:cTF { \c_xtemplate_code_root_tl #1 / #2 } + {#3} + { + \msg_error:nnxx { xtemplate } { no-template-code } + {#1} {#2} + } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_execute_if_keytype_exist:nT} +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_execute_if_keytype_exist:oF} +% The test for valid keytypes looks for a function to set up the key, +% which is part of the \enquote{code} side of the template definition. +% This avoids having different lists for the two parts of the process. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_execute_if_keytype_exist:nT #1#2 + { + \cs_if_exist:cTF { xtemplate_store_value_ #1 :n } + {#2} + { \msg_error:nnx { xtemplate } { unknown-keytype } {#1} } + } +\cs_generate_variant:Nn \xtemplate_execute_if_keytype_exist:nT { o } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_execute_if_type_exist:nT} +% To check that a particular object type is valid. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_execute_if_type_exist:nT #1#2 + { + \prop_if_in:NnTF \g_xtemplate_object_type_prop {#1} + {#2} + { \msg_error:nnx { xtemplate } { unknown-object-type } {#1} } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_execute_if_keys_exist:nnT} +% To check that the keys for a template have been set up before trying +% to create any code, a simple check for the correctly-named keytype +% property list. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_if_keys_exist:nnT #1#2#3 + { + \cs_if_exist:cTF { \c_xtemplate_keytypes_root_tl #1 / #2 } + {#3} + { + \msg_error:nnxx { xtemplate } { unknown-template } + {#1} {#2} + } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_if_key_value:nT, \xtemplate_if_key_value:oT} +% Tests for the first token in a string being \cs{KeyValue}, where +% \cs{EvaluateNow} is not important. +% \begin{macrocode} +\prg_new_conditional:Npnn \xtemplate_if_key_value:n #1 { T } + { + \str_if_eq:noTF { \KeyValue } { \tl_head:w #1 \q_stop } + {\prg_return_true: } + { \prg_return_false: } + } +\cs_generate_variant:Nn \xtemplate_if_key_value:nT { o } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_if_eval_now:nTF} +% Tests for the first token in a string being \cs{EvaluateNow}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\prg_new_conditional:Npnn \xtemplate_if_eval_now:n #1 { TF } + { + \str_if_eq:noTF { \EvaluateNow } { \tl_head:w #1 \q_stop } + { \prg_return_true: } + { \prg_return_false: } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}[TF]{\xtemplate_if_instance_exist:nnn} +% Testing for an instance is collection dependent. +% \begin{macrocode} +\prg_new_conditional:Npnn \xtemplate_if_instance_exist:nnn #1#2#3 + { T, F, TF } + { + \cs_if_exist:cTF { \c_xtemplate_instances_root_tl #1 / #2 / #3 } + { \prg_return_true: } + { \prg_return_false: } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_if_use_template:nTF} +% Tests for the first token in a string being \cs{UseTemplate}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\prg_new_conditional:Npnn \xtemplate_if_use_template:n #1 { TF } + { + \str_if_eq:noTF { \UseTemplate } { \tl_head:w #1 \q_stop } + { \prg_return_true: } + { \prg_return_false: } +} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Saving and recovering property lists} +% +% The various property lists for templates have to be shuffled in +% and out of storage. +% +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_store_defaults:n} +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_store_keytypes:n} +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_store_restrictions:n} +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_store_values:n} +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_store_vars:n} +% The defaults and keytypes are transferred from the scratch property +% lists to the \enquote{proper} lists for the template being created. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_store_defaults:n #1 + { + \prop_gclear_new:c { \c_xtemplate_defaults_root_tl #1 } + \prop_gset_eq:cN { \c_xtemplate_defaults_root_tl #1 } + \l_xtemplate_values_prop + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_store_keytypes:n #1 + { + \prop_gclear_new:c { \c_xtemplate_keytypes_root_tl #1 } + \prop_gset_eq:cN { \c_xtemplate_keytypes_root_tl #1 } + \l_xtemplate_keytypes_prop + \seq_gclear_new:c { \c_xtemplate_key_order_root_tl #1 } + \seq_gset_eq:cN { \c_xtemplate_key_order_root_tl #1 } + \l_xtemplate_key_order_seq + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_store_values:n #1 + { + \prop_clear_new:c { \c_xtemplate_values_root_tl #1 } + \prop_set_eq:cN { \c_xtemplate_values_root_tl #1 } + \l_xtemplate_values_prop + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_store_restrictions:n #1 + { + \clist_gclear_new:c { \c_xtemplate_restrict_root_tl #1 } + \clist_gset_eq:cN { \c_xtemplate_restrict_root_tl #1 } + \l_xtemplate_restrict_clist + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_store_vars:n #1 + { + \prop_gclear_new:c { \c_xtemplate_vars_root_tl #1 } + \prop_gset_eq:cN { \c_xtemplate_vars_root_tl #1 } + \l_xtemplate_vars_prop + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_recover_defaults:n} +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_recover_keytypes:n} +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_recover_restrictions:n} +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_recover_values:n} +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_recover_vars:n} +% Recovering the stored data for a template is rather less complex +% than storing it. All that happens is the data is transferred from +% the permanent to the scratch storage. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_recover_defaults:n #1 + { + \prop_set_eq:Nc \l_xtemplate_values_prop + { \c_xtemplate_defaults_root_tl #1 } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_recover_keytypes:n #1 + { + \prop_set_eq:Nc \l_xtemplate_keytypes_prop + { \c_xtemplate_keytypes_root_tl #1 } + \seq_set_eq:Nc \l_xtemplate_key_order_seq + { \c_xtemplate_key_order_root_tl #1 } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_recover_restrictions:n #1 + { + \clist_set_eq:Nc \l_xtemplate_restrict_clist + { \c_xtemplate_restrict_root_tl #1 } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_recover_values:n #1 + { + \prop_set_eq:Nc \l_xtemplate_values_prop + { \c_xtemplate_values_root_tl #1 } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_recover_vars:n #1 + { + \prop_set_eq:Nc \l_xtemplate_vars_prop + { \c_xtemplate_vars_root_tl #1 } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Creating new object types} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_declare_object_type:nn} +% Although the object type is the \enquote{top level} of the template +% system, it is actually very easy to implement. All that happens is that +% the number of arguments required is recorded, indexed by the name of the +% object type. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_declare_object_type:nn #1#2 + { + \int_set:Nn \l_xtemplate_tmp_int {#2} + \bool_if:nTF + { + \int_compare_p:nNn {#2} > \c_nine || + \int_compare_p:nNn {#2} < \c_zero + } + { + \msg_error:nnxx { xtemplate } { bad-number-of-arguments } + {#1} { \exp_not:V \l_xtemplate_tmp_int } + } + { + \msg_info:nnxx { xtemplate } { declare-object-type } + {#1} {#2} + \prop_gput:NnV \g_xtemplate_object_type_prop {#1} + \l_xtemplate_tmp_int + } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Design part of template declaration} +% +% The \enquote{design} part of a template declaration defines the general +% behaviour of each key, and possibly a default value. However, it does +% not include the implementation. This means that what happens here is +% the two properties are saved to appropriate lists, which can then +% be used later to recover the information when implementing the keys. +% +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_declare_template_keys:nnnn} +% The main function for the \enquote{design} part of creating a template +% starts by checking that the object type exists and that the number of +% arguments required agree. If that is all fine, then the two storage +% areas for defaults and keytypes are initialised. The mechanism is then +% set up for the \pkg{l3keyval} module to actually parse the keys. +% Finally, the code hands of to the storage routine to save the parsed +% information properly. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_declare_template_keys:nnnn #1#2#3#4 + { + \xtemplate_execute_if_type_exist:nT {#1} + { + \xtemplate_execute_if_arg_agree:nnT {#1} {#3} + { + \prop_clear:N \l_xtemplate_values_prop + \prop_clear:N \l_xtemplate_keytypes_prop + \seq_clear:N \l_xtemplate_key_order_seq + \keyval_parse:NNn + \xtemplate_parse_keys_elt:n \xtemplate_parse_keys_elt:nn {#4} + \xtemplate_store_defaults:n { #1 / #2 } + \xtemplate_store_keytypes:n { #1 / #2 } + } + } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_parse_keys_elt:n} +% \begin{macro}[aux]{\xtemplate_parse_keys_elt_aux:n} +% \begin{macro}[aux]{\xtemplate_parse_keys_elt_aux:} +% Processing the key part of the key--value pair is always carried out +% using this function, even if a value was found. First, the key name +% is separated from the keytype, and if necessary the keytype is +% separated into two parts. This information is then used to check that +% the keytype is valid, before storing the keytype (plus argument if +% necessary) as a property of the key name. The key name is also stored +% (in braces) in the token list to record the order the keys are defined +% in. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_parse_keys_elt:n #1 + { + \xtemplate_split_keytype:n {#1} + \bool_if:NF \l_xtemplate_error_bool + { + \xtemplate_execute_if_keytype_exist:oT \l_xtemplate_keytype_tl + { + \seq_map_function:NN \c_xtemplate_keytypes_arg_seq + \xtemplate_parse_keys_elt_aux:n + \bool_if:NF \l_xtemplate_error_bool + { + \seq_if_in:NoTF \l_xtemplate_key_order_seq + \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl + { + \msg_error:nnx { xtemplate } + { duplicate-key-interface } + { \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl } + } + { \xtemplate_parse_keys_elt_aux: } + } + } + } + } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_parse_keys_elt_aux:n #1 + { + \str_if_eq:onT \l_xtemplate_keytype_tl {#1} + { + \tl_if_empty:NT \l_xtemplate_keytype_arg_tl + { + \msg_error:nnx { xtemplate } + { keytype-requires-argument } {#1} + \bool_set_true:N \l_xtemplate_error_bool + \seq_map_break: + } + } + } +\cs_new_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_parse_keys_elt_aux: + { + \tl_set:Nx \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + { + \l_xtemplate_keytype_tl + \tl_if_empty:NF \l_xtemplate_keytype_arg_tl + { { \l_xtemplate_keytype_arg_tl } } + } + \prop_put:Noo \l_xtemplate_keytypes_prop \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl + \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + \seq_put_right:No \l_xtemplate_key_order_seq \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl + \str_if_eq:onT \l_xtemplate_keytype_tl { choice } + { + \clist_if_in:NnT \l_xtemplate_keytype_arg_tl { unknown } + { \msg_error:nn { xtemplate } { choice-unknown-reserved } } + } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_parse_keys_elt:nn} +% For keys which have a default, the keytype and key name are first +% separated out by the \cs{xtemplate_parse_keys_elt:n} +% routine, before storing the default value in the scratch property list. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_parse_keys_elt:nn #1#2 + { + \xtemplate_parse_keys_elt:n {#1} + \use:c { xtemplate_store_value_ \l_xtemplate_keytype_tl :n } {#2} + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_split_keytype:n} +% \begin{macro}[aux]{\xtemplate_split_keytype_aux:w} +% The keytype and key name should be separated by |:|. As the +% definition might be given inside or outside of a code block, spaces +% are removed and the category code of colons is standardised. After +% that, the standard delimited argument method is used to separate the +% two parts. +% \begin{macrocode} +\group_begin: +\char_set_lccode:nn { `\@ } { `\: } +\char_set_catcode_other:N \@ +\tl_to_lowercase:n + { + \group_end: + \cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_split_keytype:n #1 + { + \bool_set_false:N \l_xtemplate_error_bool + \tl_set:Nn \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl {#1} + \tl_remove_all:Nn \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl { ~ } + \tl_replace_all:Nnn \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl { : } { @ } + \tl_if_in:onTF \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl { @ } + { + \tl_clear:N \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl + \exp_after:wN \xtemplate_split_keytype_aux:w + \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl \q_stop + } + { + \bool_set_true:N \l_xtemplate_error_bool + \msg_error:nnx { xtemplate } { missing-keytype } {#1} + } + } + \cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_split_keytype_aux:w #1 @ #2 \q_stop + { + \tl_put_right:Nx \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl { \tl_to_str:n {#1} } + \tl_if_in:nnTF {#2} { @ } + { + \tl_put_right:Nn \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl { @ } + \xtemplate_split_keytype_aux:w #2 \q_stop + } + { + \tl_if_empty:NTF \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl + { \msg_error:nnx { xtemplate } { empty-key-name } { @ #2 } } + { \xtemplate_split_keytype_arg:n {#2} } + } + } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_split_keytype_arg:n, \xtemplate_split_keytype_arg:o} +% \begin{macro}[aux]{\xtemplate_split_keytype_arg_aux:n} +% \begin{macro}[aux]{\xtemplate_split_keytype_arg_aux:w} +% The second stage of sorting out the keytype is to check for an +% argument. As there is no convenient delimiting token to look for, +% a check is made instead for each possible text value for the keytype. +% To keep things faster, this only involves the keytypes that need an +% argument. If a match is made, then a check is also needed to see that +% it is at the start of the keytype information. All being well, the +% split can then be applied. Any non-matching keytypes are assumed to +% be \enquote{correct} as given, and are left alone (this is checked by +% other code). +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_split_keytype_arg:n #1 + { + \tl_set:Nn \l_xtemplate_keytype_tl {#1} + \tl_clear:N \l_xtemplate_keytype_arg_tl + \cs_set_protected_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_split_keytype_arg_aux:n ##1 + { + \tl_if_in:nnT {#1} {##1} + { + \cs_set:Npn \xtemplate_split_keytype_arg_aux:w + ####1 ##1 ####2 \q_stop + { + \tl_if_empty:nT {####1} + { + \tl_set:Nn \l_xtemplate_keytype_tl {##1} + \tl_set:Nn \l_xtemplate_keytype_arg_tl {####2} + \seq_map_break: + } + } + \xtemplate_split_keytype_arg_aux:w #1 \q_stop + } + } + \seq_map_function:NN \c_xtemplate_keytypes_arg_seq + \xtemplate_split_keytype_arg_aux:n + } +\cs_generate_variant:Nn \xtemplate_split_keytype_arg:n { o } +\cs_new_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_split_keytype_arg_aux:n #1 { } +\cs_new_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_split_keytype_arg_aux:w #1 \q_stop { } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsubsection{Storing values} +% +% As \pkg{xtemplate} pre-processes key values for efficiency reasons, +% there is a need to convert the values given as defaults into +% \enquote{ready to use} data. The same general idea is true when an instance +% is declared. However, assignments are not made until an instance is +% used, and so there has to be some intermediate storage. Furthermore, +% the ability to delay evaluation of results is needed. To achieve these +% aims, a series of \enquote{process and store} functions are defined here. +% +% All of the information about the key (the key name and the keytype) +% is already stored as variables. The same property list is always used +% to store the data, meaning that the only argument required is the +% value to be processed and potentially stored. +% +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_store_value_boolean:n} +% Storing Boolean values requires a test for delayed evaluation, but +% is different to the various numerical variable types as there are +% only two possible values to store. So the code here tests the default +% switch and then records the meaning (either \texttt{true} or +% \texttt{false}). +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_store_value_boolean:n #1 + { + \xtemplate_if_eval_now:nTF {#1} + { + \bool_if:cTF { c_ #1 _bool } + { + \prop_put:Non \l_xtemplate_values_prop \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl + { true } + } + { + \prop_put:Non \l_xtemplate_values_prop \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl + { false } + } + } + { + \prop_put:Non \l_xtemplate_values_prop \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl {#1} + } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_store_value_code:n} +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_store_value_choice:n} +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_store_value_commalist:n} +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_store_value_function:n} +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_store_value_instance:n} +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_store_value_real:n} +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_store_value_tokenlist:n} +% With no need to worry about delayed evaluation, these keytypes all +% just store the input directly. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_store_value_code:n #1 + { \prop_put:Non \l_xtemplate_values_prop \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl {#1} } +\cs_new_eq:NN \xtemplate_store_value_choice:n \xtemplate_store_value_code:n +\cs_new_eq:NN \xtemplate_store_value_commalist:n \xtemplate_store_value_code:n +\cs_new_eq:NN \xtemplate_store_value_function:n \xtemplate_store_value_code:n +\cs_new_eq:NN \xtemplate_store_value_instance:n \xtemplate_store_value_code:n +\cs_new_eq:NN \xtemplate_store_value_real:n \xtemplate_store_value_code:n +\cs_new_eq:NN \xtemplate_store_value_tokenlist:n \xtemplate_store_value_code:n +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_store_value_integer:n} +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_store_value_length:n} +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_store_value_muskip:n} +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_store_value_skip:n} +% Storing the value of a number is in all cases more or less the same. +% If evaluation is taking place now, assignment is made to a scratch +% variable, and this result is then stored. On the other hand, if +% evaluation is delayed the current data is simply stored \enquote{as is}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_store_value_integer:n #1 + { + \xtemplate_if_eval_now:nTF {#1} + { + \int_set:Nn \l_xtemplate_tmp_int {#1} + \prop_put:NVV \l_xtemplate_values_prop \l_xtemplate_key_name_int + \l_xtemplate_tmp_int + } + { + \prop_put:Non \l_xtemplate_values_prop \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl {#1} + } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_store_value_length:n #1 + { + \xtemplate_if_eval_now:nTF {#1} + { + \dim_set:Nn \l_xtemplate_tmp_dim {#1} + \prop_put:NVV \l_xtemplate_values_prop \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl + \l_xtemplate_tmp_dim + } + { + \prop_put:Non \l_xtemplate_values_prop \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl {#1} + } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_store_value_muskip:n #1 + { + \xtemplate_if_eval_now:nTF {#1} + { + \muskip_set:Nn \l_xtemplate_tmp_muskip {#1} + \prop_put:NVV \l_xtemplate_values_prop \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl + \l_xtemplate_tmp_muskip + } + { + \prop_put:Non \l_xtemplate_values_prop \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl {#1} + } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_store_value_skip:n #1 + { + \xtemplate_if_eval_now:nTF {#1} + { + \skip_set:Nn \l_xtemplate_tmp_skip {#1} + \prop_put:NVV \l_xtemplate_values_prop \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl + \l_xtemplate_tmp_skip + } + { + \prop_put:Non \l_xtemplate_values_prop \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl {#1} + } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Implementation part of template declaration} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_declare_template_code:nnnnn} +% The main function for implementing a template starts with a couple of +% simple checks to make sure that there are no obvious mistakes: the +% number of arguments must agree and the template keys must have been +% declared. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_declare_template_code:nnnnn #1#2#3#4#5 + { + \xtemplate_execute_if_type_exist:nT {#1} + { + \xtemplate_execute_if_arg_agree:nnT {#1}{#3} + { + \xtemplate_if_keys_exist:nnT {#1} {#2} + { + \xtemplate_store_key_implementation:nnn {#1} {#2} {#4} + \cs_generate_from_arg_count:cNnn + { \c_xtemplate_code_root_tl #1 / #2 } + \cs_gset_protected:Npn {#3} {#5} + } + } + } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_store_key_implementation:nnn} +% Actually storing the implementation part of a template is quite easy +% as it only requires the list of keys given to be turned into a +% property list. There is also some error-checking to do, hence the need +% to have the list of defined keytypes available. In certain cases +% (when choices are involved) parsing the key results in changes to the +% default values. That is why they are loaded and then saved again. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_store_key_implementation:nnn #1#2#3 + { + \xtemplate_recover_defaults:n { #1 / #2 } + \xtemplate_recover_keytypes:n { #1 / #2 } + \prop_clear:N \l_xtemplate_vars_prop + \keyval_parse:NNn + \xtemplate_parse_vars_elt:n \xtemplate_parse_vars_elt:nn {#3} + \xtemplate_store_vars:n { #1 / #2 } + \clist_clear:N \l_xtemplate_restrict_clist + \xtemplate_store_restrictions:n { #1 / #2 } + \prop_if_empty:NF \l_xtemplate_keytypes_prop + { + \prop_map_inline:Nn \l_xtemplate_keytypes_prop + { + \msg_error:nnxxx { xtemplate } { key-not-implemented } + {##1} {#2} {#1} + } + } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_parse_vars_elt:n} +% At the implementation stage, every key must have a value given. So +% this is an error function. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_parse_vars_elt:n #1 + { \msg_error:nnx { xtemplate } { key-no-variable } {#1} } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_parse_vars_elt:nn} +% The actual storage part here is very simple: the storage bin name +% is placed into the property list. At the same time, a comparison is +% made with the keytypes defined earlier: if there is a mismatch then +% an error is raised. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_parse_vars_elt:nn #1#2 + { + \tl_set:Nx \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl { \tl_to_str:n {#1} } + \tl_remove_all:Nn \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl { ~ } + \prop_if_in:NoTF \l_xtemplate_keytypes_prop \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl + { + \prop_get:NoN \l_xtemplate_keytypes_prop \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl + \l_xtemplate_keytype_tl + \xtemplate_split_keytype_arg:o \l_xtemplate_keytype_tl + \xtemplate_parse_vars_elt_aux:n {#2} + \prop_del:NV \l_xtemplate_keytypes_prop \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl + } + { \msg_error:nnx { xtemplate } { unknown-key } {#1} } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \begin{macro}[aux]{\xtemplate_parse_vars_elt_aux:n} +% \begin{macro}[aux]{\xtemplate_parse_vars_elt_aux:w} +% There now needs to be some sanity checking on the variable name +% given. This does not apply for \texttt{choice} or +% \texttt{code} \enquote{variables}, but in all other cases the variable +% needs to exist. Also, the only prefix acceptable is \texttt{global}. So +% there are a few related checks to make. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_parse_vars_elt_aux:n #1 + { + \str_if_eq:onTF \l_xtemplate_keytype_tl { choice } + { \xtemplate_implement_choices:n {#1} } + { + \str_if_eq:onTF \l_xtemplate_keytype_tl { code } + { + \prop_put:Non \l_xtemplate_vars_prop + \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl {#1} + } + { + \str_if_eq:noTF {#1} { \tl_head:w #1 \q_stop } + { + \cs_if_exist:NTF #1 + { + \prop_put:Non \l_xtemplate_vars_prop + \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl {#1} + } + { + \msg_error:nnx { xtemplate } + { variable-not-declared } + { \token_to_str:N #1 } + } + } + { + \tl_if_in:nnTF {#1} { global } + { \xtemplate_parse_vars_elt_aux:w #1 \q_stop } + { + \msg_error:nnx { xtemplate } { bad-variable } + { \tl_to_str:n {#1} } + } + } + } + } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_parse_vars_elt_aux:w #1 global #2 \q_stop + { + \tl_if_empty:nTF {#1} + { + \str_if_eq:noTF {#2} { \tl_head:w #2 \q_stop } + { + \cs_if_exist:NTF #2 + { + \prop_put:Non \l_xtemplate_vars_prop + \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl { #1 global #2 } + } + { + \msg_error:nnx { xtemplate } + { variable-not-declared } { \token_to_str:N #2 } + } + } + { + \msg_error:nnx { xtemplate } { bad-variable } + { \tl_to_str:n { #1 global #2 } } + } + } + { + \msg_error:nnx { xtemplate } { bad-variable } + { \tl_to_str:n { #1 global #2 } } + } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_implement_choices:n} +% \begin{macro}[aux]{\xtemplate_implement_choices_default:} +% Implementing choices requires a second key--value loop. So after a +% little set-up, the standard parser is called. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_implement_choices:n #1 + { + \clist_set_eq:NN \l_xtemplate_tmp_clist \l_xtemplate_keytype_arg_tl + \prop_put:Non \l_xtemplate_vars_prop \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl { } + \keyval_parse:NNn + \xtemplate_implement_choice_elt:n \xtemplate_implement_choice_elt:nn + {#1} + \prop_if_in:NoT \l_xtemplate_values_prop \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl + { \xtemplate_implement_choices_default: } + \clist_if_empty:NF \l_xtemplate_tmp_clist + { + \clist_map_inline:Nn \l_xtemplate_tmp_clist + { + \msg_error:nnx { xtemplate } { choice-not-implemented } + {##1} + } + } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% A sanity check for the default value, so that an error is raised +% now and not when converting to assignments. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_implement_choices_default: + { + \prop_get:NoN \l_xtemplate_values_prop \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl + \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + \tl_set:Nx \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + { \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl \c_space_tl \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl } + \prop_if_in:NoF \l_xtemplate_vars_prop \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + { + \tl_set:Nx \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + { \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl \c_space_tl \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl } + \prop_if_in:NoF \l_xtemplate_vars_prop \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + { + \prop_get:NoN \l_xtemplate_keytypes_prop \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl + \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + \xtemplate_split_keytype_arg:o \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + \prop_get:NoN \l_xtemplate_values_prop \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl + \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + \msg_error:nnxxx { xtemplate } { unknown-default-choice } + { \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl } { \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl } + { \l_xtemplate_keytype_arg_tl } + } + } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_implement_choice_elt:n} +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_implement_choice_elt:nn} +% The actual storage of the implementation of a choice is mainly about +% error checking. The code here ensures that all choices have to have +% been declared, apart from the special \texttt{unknown} choice, which +% must come last. The code for each choice is stored along with the +% key name in the variables property list. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_implement_choice_elt:n #1 + { + \clist_if_empty:NTF \l_xtemplate_tmp_clist + { + \str_if_eq:nnF {#1} { unknown } + { + \prop_get:NoN \l_xtemplate_keytypes_prop \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl + \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + \xtemplate_split_keytype_arg:o \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + \msg_error:nnxxx { xtemplate } { unknown-choice } + { \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl } {#1} + { \l_xtemplate_keytype_arg_tl } + } + } + { + \clist_if_in:NnTF \l_xtemplate_tmp_clist {#1} + { \clist_remove_element:Nn \l_xtemplate_tmp_clist {#1} } + { + \prop_get:NoN \l_xtemplate_keytypes_prop \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl + \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + \xtemplate_split_keytype_arg:o \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + \msg_error:nnxxx { xtemplate } { unknown-choice } + { \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl } {#1} + { \l_xtemplate_keytype_arg_tl } + } + } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_implement_choice_elt:nn #1#2 + { + \xtemplate_implement_choice_elt:n {#1} + \tl_set:Nx \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + { \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl \c_space_tl #1 } + \prop_put:Non \l_xtemplate_vars_prop \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl {#2} + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Editing template defaults} +% +% Template defaults can be edited either with no other changes or +% to prevent further editing, forming a \enquote{restricted template}. +% In the later case, a new template results, whereas simple editing +% does not produce a new template name. +% +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_declare_restricted:nnnn} +% Creating a restricted template means copying the old template to the +% new one first. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_declare_restricted:nnnn #1#2#3#4 + { + \xtemplate_if_keys_exist:nnT {#1} {#2} + { + \xtemplate_set_template_eq:nn { #1 / #3 } { #1 / #2 } + \bool_set_true:N \l_xtemplate_restrict_bool + \xtemplate_edit_defaults_aux:nnn {#1} {#3} {#4} + } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_edit_defaults:nnn} +% \begin{macro}[aux]{\xtemplate_edit_defaults_aux:nnn} +% Editing the template defaults means getting the values back out +% of the store, then parsing the list of new values before putting +% the updated list back into storage. The auxiliary function is used +% to allow code-sharing with the template-restriction system. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_edit_defaults:nnn + { + \bool_set_false:N \l_xtemplate_restrict_bool + \xtemplate_edit_defaults_aux:nnn + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_edit_defaults_aux:nnn #1#2#3 + { + \xtemplate_if_keys_exist:nnT {#1} {#2} + { + \xtemplate_recover_defaults:n { #1 / #2 } + \xtemplate_recover_restrictions:n { #1 / #2 } + \xtemplate_parse_values:nn { #1 / #2 } {#3} + \xtemplate_store_defaults:n { #1 / #2 } + \xtemplate_store_restrictions:n { #1 / #2 } + } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_parse_values:nn} +% The routine to parse values is the same for both editing a +% template and setting up an instance. So the code here does only the +% minimum necessary for reading the values. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_parse_values:nn #1#2 + { + \xtemplate_recover_keytypes:n {#1} + \clist_clear:N \l_xtemplate_restrict_clist + \keyval_parse:NNn + \xtemplate_parse_values_elt:n \xtemplate_parse_values_elt:nn {#2} + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_parse_values_elt:n} +% Every key needs a value, so this is just an error routine. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_parse_values_elt:n #1 + { + \bool_set_true:N \l_xtemplate_error_bool + \msg_error:nnx { xtemplate } { key-no-value } {#1} + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_parse_values_elt:nn} +% \begin{macro}[aux]{\xtemplate_parse_values_elt_aux:nn} +% \begin{macro}[aux]{\xtemplate_parse_values_elt_aux:on} +% To store the value, find the keytype then call the saving function. +% These need the current key name saved as \cs{l_xtemplate_key_name_tl}. +% When a template is being restricted, the setting code will be +% skipped for restricted keys. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_parse_values_elt:nn #1#2 + { + \tl_set:Nx \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl { \tl_to_str:n {#1} } + \tl_remove_all:Nn \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl { ~ } + \prop_if_in:NoTF \l_xtemplate_keytypes_prop \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl + { + \bool_if:NTF \l_xtemplate_restrict_bool + { + \clist_if_in:NoF \l_xtemplate_restrict_clist + \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl + { + \xtemplate_parse_values_elt_aux:on + \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl {#2} + } + } + { \xtemplate_parse_values_elt_aux:on \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl {#2} } + } + { + \msg_error:nnx { xtemplate } { unknown-key } + { \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl } + } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_parse_values_elt_aux:nn #1#2 + { + \clist_put_right:Nn \l_xtemplate_restrict_clist {#1} + \prop_get:NnN \l_xtemplate_keytypes_prop {#1} \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + \xtemplate_split_keytype_arg:o \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + \use:c { xtemplate_store_value_ \l_xtemplate_keytype_tl :n } {#2} + } +\cs_generate_variant:Nn \xtemplate_parse_values_elt_aux:nn { o } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_set_template_eq:nn} +% To copy a template, each of the lists plus the code has to be copied +% across. To keep this independent of the list storage system, it is +% all done with two-part shuffles. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_set_template_eq:nn #1#2 + { + \xtemplate_recover_defaults:n {#2} + \xtemplate_store_defaults:n {#1} + \xtemplate_recover_keytypes:n {#2} + \xtemplate_store_keytypes:n {#1} + \xtemplate_recover_vars:n {#2} + \xtemplate_store_vars:n {#1} + \cs_gset_eq:cc { \c_xtemplate_code_root_tl #1 } + { \c_xtemplate_code_root_tl #2 } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +%\subsection{Creating instances of templates} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_declare_instance:nnnnn} +% \begin{macro}[aux]{\xtemplate_declare_instance_aux:nnnnn} +% Making an instance has two distinct parts. First, the keys given are +% parsed to transfer the values into the structured data format used +% internally. This allows the default and given values to be combined +% with no repetition. In the second step, the structured data is +% converted to pre-defined variable assignments, and these are stored +% in the function for the instance. A final check is also made so that +% there is always an instance \enquote{outside} of any collection. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_declare_instance:nnnnn #1#2#3#4#5 + { + \xtemplate_execute_if_code_exist:nnT {#1} {#2} + { + \xtemplate_recover_defaults:n { #1 / #2 } + \xtemplate_recover_vars:n { #1 / #2 } + \xtemplate_declare_instance_aux:nnnnn {#1} {#2} {#3} {#4} {#5} + } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_declare_instance_aux:nnnnn #1#2#3#4#5 + { + \bool_set_false:N \l_xtemplate_error_bool + \xtemplate_parse_values:nn { #1 / #2 } {#5} + \bool_if:NF \l_xtemplate_error_bool + { + \prop_put:Nnn \l_xtemplate_values_prop { from~template } {#2} + \xtemplate_store_values:n { #1 / #3 / #4 } + \xtemplate_convert_to_assignments: + \cs_set_protected:cpx { \c_xtemplate_instances_root_tl #1 / #3 / #4 } + { + \exp_not:N \xtemplate_assignments_push:n + { \exp_not:o \l_xtemplate_assignments_tl } + \exp_not:c { \c_xtemplate_code_root_tl #1 / #2 } + } + \xtemplate_if_instance_exist:nnnF {#1} { } {#4} + { + \cs_set_eq:cc + { \c_xtemplate_instances_root_tl #1 / / #4 } + { \c_xtemplate_instances_root_tl #1 / #3 / #4 } + } + } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_edit_instance:nnnn} +% \begin{macro}[aux]{\xtemplate_edit_instance_aux:nnnnn} +% \begin{macro}[aux]{\xtemplate_edit_instance_aux:nonnn} +% Editing an instance is almost identical to declaring one. The only +% variation is the source of the values to use. When editing, they are +% recovered from the previous instance run. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_edit_instance:nnnn #1#2#3 + { + \xtemplate_if_instance_exist:nnnTF {#1} {#2} {#3} + { + \xtemplate_recover_values:n { #1 / #2 / #3 } + \prop_get:NnN \l_xtemplate_values_prop { from~template } + \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + \xtemplate_edit_instance_aux:nonnn {#1} \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + {#2} {#3} + } + { + \msg_error:nnxx { xtemplate } { unknown-instance } + {#1} {#3} + } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_edit_instance_aux:nnnnn #1#2 + { + \xtemplate_recover_vars:n { #1 / #2 } + \xtemplate_declare_instance_aux:nnnnn {#1} {#2} + } +\cs_generate_variant:Nn \xtemplate_edit_instance_aux:nnnnn { no } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_convert_to_assignments:} +% \begin{macro}[aux]{\xtemplate_convert_to_assignments_aux:n} +% \begin{macro}[aux]{\xtemplate_convert_to_assignments_aux:nn} +% \begin{macro}[aux]{\xtemplate_convert_to_assignments_aux:no} +% The idea on converting to a set of assignments is to loop over each +% key, so that the loop order follows the declaration order of the keys. +% This is done using a sequence as property lists are not +% \enquote{ordered}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_convert_to_assignments: + { + \tl_clear:N \l_xtemplate_assignments_tl + \seq_map_function:NN \l_xtemplate_key_order_seq + \xtemplate_convert_to_assignments_aux:n + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_convert_to_assignments_aux:n #1 + { + \prop_get:NnN \l_xtemplate_keytypes_prop {#1} \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + \xtemplate_convert_to_assignments_aux:no {#1} \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + } +% \end{macrocode} +% The second auxiliary function actually does the work. The +% arguments here are the key name (|#1|) and the keytype (|#2|). +% From those, the value to assign and the name of the appropriate +% variable are recovered. A bit of work is then needed to sort out +% keytypes with arguments (for example instances), and to look for +% global assignments. Once that is done, a hand-off can be made to the +% handler for the relevant keytype. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_convert_to_assignments_aux:nn #1#2 + { + \prop_if_in:NnT \l_xtemplate_values_prop {#1} + { + \prop_if_in:NnTF \l_xtemplate_vars_prop {#1} + { + \prop_get:NnN \l_xtemplate_values_prop {#1} \l_xtemplate_value_tl + \prop_get:NnN \l_xtemplate_vars_prop {#1} \l_xtemplate_var_tl + \xtemplate_split_keytype_arg:n {#2} + \str_if_eq:onF \l_xtemplate_keytype_tl { choice } + { + \str_if_eq:onF \l_xtemplate_keytype_tl { code } + { \xtemplate_find_global: } + } + \tl_set:Nn \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl {#1} + \use:c { xtemplate_assign_ \l_xtemplate_keytype_tl : } + } + { \msg_error:nnx { xtemplate } { unknown-attribute } {#1} } + } + } +\cs_generate_variant:Nn \xtemplate_convert_to_assignments_aux:nn { no } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_find_global:} +% \begin{macro}[aux]{\xtemplate_find_global_aux:w} +% Global assignments should have the phrase |global| at the front. +% This is pretty easy to find: no other error checking, though. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_find_global: + { + \bool_set_false:N \l_xtemplate_global_bool + \tl_if_in:onT \l_xtemplate_var_tl { global } + { + \exp_after:wN \xtemplate_find_global_aux:w \l_xtemplate_var_tl \q_stop + } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_find_global_aux:w #1 global #2 \q_stop + { + \tl_set:Nn \l_xtemplate_var_tl {#2} + \bool_set_true:N \l_xtemplate_global_bool + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Using templates directly} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_use_template:nnn} +% Directly use a template with a particular parameter setting. +% This is also picked up if used in a nested fashion inside a parameter +% list. The idea is essentially the same as creating an instance, +% just with no saving of the result. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_use_template:nnn #1#2#3 + { + \xtemplate_execute_if_code_exist:nnT {#1} {#2} + { + \xtemplate_recover_defaults:n { #1 / #2 } + \xtemplate_recover_vars:n { #1 / #2 } + \xtemplate_parse_values:nn { #1 / #2 } {#3} + \xtemplate_convert_to_assignments: + \use:c { \c_xtemplate_code_root_tl #1 / #2 } + } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Assigning values to variables} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_assign_boolean:} +% \begin{macro}[aux]{\xtemplate_assign_boolean_aux:n} +% Setting a Boolean value is slightly different to everything else +% as the value can be used to work out which \texttt{set} function to +% call. As long as there is no need to recover things from another +% variable, everything is pretty easy. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_assign_boolean: + { + \bool_if:NTF \l_xtemplate_global_bool + { \xtemplate_assign_boolean_aux:n { bool_gset } } + { \xtemplate_assign_boolean_aux:n { bool_set } } + } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_assign_boolean_aux:n #1 + { + \xtemplate_if_key_value:oT \l_xtemplate_value_tl + { \xtemplate_key_to_value: } + \tl_put_left:Nx \l_xtemplate_assignments_tl + { + \exp_not:c { #1 _ \l_xtemplate_value_tl :N } + \exp_not:o \l_xtemplate_var_tl + } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_assign_choice:} +% \begin{macro}[aux] +% {\xtemplate_assign_choice_aux:n, \xtemplate_assign_choice_aux:o} +% The idea here is to find either the choice as-given or else the +% special |unknown| choice, and to copy the appropriate code across. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_assign_choice: + { + \tl_set:Nx \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + { \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl \c_space_tl \l_xtemplate_value_tl } + \prop_if_in:NoTF \l_xtemplate_vars_prop \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + { \xtemplate_assign_choice_aux:o \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl } + { + \tl_set:Nx \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + { \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl \c_space_tl unknown } + \prop_if_in:NoTF \l_xtemplate_vars_prop \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + { \xtemplate_assign_choice_aux:o \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl } + { + \prop_get:NoN \l_xtemplate_keytypes_prop \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl + \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + \xtemplate_split_keytype_arg:o \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + \msg_error:nnxxx { xtemplate } { unknown-choice } + { \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl } { \l_xtemplate_value_tl } + { \l_xtemplate_keytype_arg_tl } + } + } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_assign_choice_aux:n #1 + { + \prop_get:NnN \l_xtemplate_vars_prop {#1} \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + \tl_put_right:No \l_xtemplate_assignments_tl \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + } +\cs_generate_variant:Nn \xtemplate_assign_choice_aux:n { o } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_assign_code:} +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_assign_code:n} +% Assigning general code to a key needs a scratch function to be created +% and run when \cs{AssignTemplateKeys} is called. So the appropriate +% definition then use is created in the token list variable. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_assign_code: + { + \tl_put_left:Nx \l_xtemplate_assignments_tl + { + \cs_set_protected:Npn \xtemplate_assign_code:n \exp_not:n {##1} + { \exp_not:o \l_xtemplate_var_tl } + \xtemplate_assign_code:n { \exp_not:o \l_xtemplate_value_tl } + } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_assign_code:n #1 { } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_assign_function:} +% \begin{macro}[aux]{\xtemplate_assign_function_aux:N} +% This looks a bit messy but is only actually one function. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_assign_function: + { + \bool_if:NTF \l_xtemplate_global_bool + { \xtemplate_assign_function_aux:N \cs_gset:Npn } + { \xtemplate_assign_function_aux:N \cs_set:Npn } + } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_assign_function_aux:N #1 + { + \tl_put_left:Nx \l_xtemplate_assignments_tl + { + \cs_generate_from_arg_count:NNnn + \exp_not:o \l_xtemplate_var_tl + \exp_not:N #1 + { \exp_not:o \l_xtemplate_keytype_arg_tl } + { \exp_not:o \l_xtemplate_value_tl } + } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_assign_instance:} +% \begin{macro}[aux]{\xtemplate_assign_instance_aux:N} +% Using an instance means adding the appropriate function creation to +% the tl. No checks are made at this stage, so if the instance is +% not valid then errors will arise later. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_assign_instance: + { + \bool_if:NTF \l_xtemplate_global_bool + { \xtemplate_assign_instance_aux:N \cs_gset_protected:Npn } + { \xtemplate_assign_instance_aux:N \cs_set_protected:Npn } + } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_assign_instance_aux:N #1 + { + \tl_put_left:Nx \l_xtemplate_assignments_tl + { + \exp_not:N #1 \exp_not:o \l_xtemplate_var_tl + { + \xtemplate_use_instance:nn + { \exp_not:o \l_xtemplate_keytype_arg_tl } + { \exp_not:o \l_xtemplate_value_tl } + } + } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_assign_integer:} +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_assign_length:} +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_assign_muskip:} +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_assign_real:} +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_assign_skip:} +% All of the calculated assignments use the same underlying code, with +% only the low-level assignment function changing. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_assign_integer: + { + \bool_if:NTF \l_xtemplate_global_bool + { \xtemplate_assign_variable:N \int_gset:Nn } + { \xtemplate_assign_variable:N \int_set:Nn } + } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_assign_length: + { + \bool_if:NTF \l_xtemplate_global_bool + { \xtemplate_assign_variable:N \dim_gset:Nn } + { \xtemplate_assign_variable:N \dim_set:Nn } +} +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_assign_muskip: + { + \bool_if:NTF \l_xtemplate_global_bool + { \xtemplate_assign_variable:N \muskip_gset:Nn } + { \xtemplate_assign_variable:N \muskip_set:Nn } + } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_assign_real: + { + \bool_if:NTF \l_xtemplate_global_bool + { \xtemplate_assign_variable:N \fp_gset:Nn } + { \xtemplate_assign_variable:N \fp_set:Nn } + } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_assign_skip: + { + \bool_if:NTF \l_xtemplate_global_bool + { \xtemplate_assign_variable:N \skip_gset:Nn } + { \xtemplate_assign_variable:N \skip_set:Nn } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_assign_tokenlist:} +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_assign_commalist:} +% \begin{macro}[aux]{\xtemplate_assign_tokenlist_aux:N} +% Storing lists of tokens is easy: no complex calculations and no +% need to worry about numbers of arguments. The comma list version +% takes advantage of the low-level implementation of the variable type +% to keep down code duplication. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_assign_tokenlist: + { + \bool_if:NTF \l_xtemplate_global_bool + { \xtemplate_assign_tokenlist_aux:N \tl_gset:Nn } + { \xtemplate_assign_tokenlist_aux:N \tl_set:Nn } + } +\cs_new_eq:NN \xtemplate_assign_commalist: \xtemplate_assign_tokenlist: +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_assign_tokenlist_aux:N #1 + { + \xtemplate_if_key_value:oT \l_xtemplate_value_tl + { \xtemplate_key_to_value: } + \tl_put_left:Nx \l_xtemplate_assignments_tl + { + #1 \exp_not:o \l_xtemplate_var_tl + { \exp_not:o \l_xtemplate_value_tl } + } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_assign_variable:N} +% A general-purpose function for all of the numerical assignments. +% As long as the value is not coming from another variable, the stored +% value is simply transferred for output. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_assign_variable:N #1 + { + \xtemplate_if_key_value:oT \l_xtemplate_value_tl + { \xtemplate_key_to_value: } + \tl_put_left:Nx \l_xtemplate_assignments_tl + { + #1 \exp_not:o \l_xtemplate_var_tl + { \exp_not:o \l_xtemplate_value_tl } + } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_key_to_value:} +% \begin{macro}[aux]{\xtemplate_key_to_value_aux:w} +% The idea here is to recover the attribute value of another key. To +% do that, the marker is removed and a look up takes place. If this +% is successful, then the name of the variable of the attribute is +% returned. This assumes that the value will be used in context where +% it will be converted to a value, for example when setting a number. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_key_to_value: + { \exp_after:wN \xtemplate_key_to_value_aux:w \l_xtemplate_value_tl } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_key_to_value_aux:w \KeyValue #1 + { + \tl_set:Nx \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl { \tl_to_str:n {#1} } + \tl_remove_all:Nn \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl { ~ } + \prop_if_in:NoTF \l_xtemplate_vars_prop \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + { + \prop_get:NoN \l_xtemplate_vars_prop \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + \l_xtemplate_value_tl + } + { + \msg_error:nnx { xtemplate } { unknown-attribute } + { \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl } + } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Using instances} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_use_instance:nn} +% \begin{macro}[aux]{\xtemplate_use_instance_aux:nNnnn} +% \begin{macro}[aux]{\xtemplate_use_instance_aux:nn} +% Using an instance is just a question of finding the appropriate +% function. There is the possibility that a collection instance exists, +% so this is checked before trying the general instance. If nothing is +% found, an error is raised. One additional complication is that +% if the first token of argument |#2| is \cs{UseTemplate} then that +% is also valid. There is an error-test to make sure that the +% types agree, and if so the template is used directly. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_use_instance:nn #1#2 + { + \xtemplate_if_use_template:nTF {#2} + { \xtemplate_use_instance_aux:nNnnn {#1} #2 } + { \xtemplate_use_instance_aux:nn {#1} {#2} } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_use_instance_aux:nNnnn #1#2#3#4#5 + { + \str_if_eq:nnTF {#1} {#3} + { \xtemplate_use_template:nnn {#3} {#4} {#5} } + { \msg_error:nnxx { xtemplate } { type-mismatch } {#1} {#3} } +} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_use_instance_aux:nn #1#2 + { + \xtemplate_get_collection:n {#1} + \xtemplate_if_instance_exist:nnnTF + {#1} { \l_xtemplate_collection_tl } {#2} + { + \use:c + { + \c_xtemplate_instances_root_tl #1 / + \l_xtemplate_collection_tl / #2 + } + } + { + \xtemplate_if_instance_exist:nnnTF {#1} { } {#2} + { \use:c { \c_xtemplate_instances_root_tl #1 / / #2 } } + { + \msg_error:nnxx { xtemplate } { unknown-instance } + {#1} {#2} + } + } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_use_collection:nn} +% Switching to an instance collection is just a question of setting the +% appropriate list. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_use_collection:nn #1#2 + { \prop_put:Nnn \l_xtemplate_collections_prop {#1} {#2} } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_get_collection:n} +% Recovering the collection for a given type is pretty easy: just a read +% from the list. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_get_collection:n #1 + { + \prop_if_in:NnTF \l_xtemplate_collections_prop {#1} + { + \prop_get:NnN \l_xtemplate_collections_prop {#1} + \l_xtemplate_collection_tl + } + { \tl_clear:N \l_xtemplate_collection_tl } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +%\subsection{Assignment manipulation} +% +% A few functions to transfer assignments about, as this is needed by +% \cs{AssignTemplateKeys}. +% +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_assignments_pop:} +% To actually use the assignments. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_assignments_pop: { \l_xtemplate_assignments_tl } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_assignments_push:n} +% Here, the assignments are stored for later use. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_assignments_push:n #1 + { \tl_set:Nn \l_xtemplate_assignments_tl {#1} } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Showing templates and instances} +% +% \begin{macro}{\xtemplate_show_code:nn} +% Showing the code for a template is just a translation of +% \cs{cs_show:c}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_show_code:nn #1#2 + { \cs_show:c { \c_xtemplate_code_root_tl #1 / #2 } } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro} +% { +% \xtemplate_show_defaults:nn, \xtemplate_show_keytypes:nn, +% \xtemplate_show_vars:nn +% } +% \begin{macro}[int]{\xtemplate_show:Nnnn} +% \begin{macro}[aux]{\xtemplate_show_aux:nn} +% A modified version of the property-list printing code, such that +% the output refers to templates and instances rather than to the +% underlying structures. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_show_defaults:nn #1#2 + { + \xtemplate_if_keys_exist:nnT {#1} {#2} + { + \xtemplate_recover_defaults:n { #1 / #2 } + \xtemplate_show:Nnnn \l_xtemplate_values_prop + {#1} {#2} { default~values } + } + } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_show_keytypes:nn #1#2 + { + \xtemplate_if_keys_exist:nnT {#1} {#2} + { + \xtemplate_recover_keytypes:n { #1 / #2 } + \xtemplate_show:Nnnn \l_xtemplate_keytypes_prop + {#1} {#2} { interface } + } + } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_show_vars:nn #1#2 + { + \xtemplate_execute_if_code_exist:nnT {#1} {#2} + { + \xtemplate_recover_vars:n { #1 / #2 } + \xtemplate_show:Nnnn \l_xtemplate_vars_prop + {#1} {#2} { variable~mapping } + } + } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_show:Nnnn #1#2#3#4 + { + \prop_if_empty:NTF #1 + { + \iow_term:x { Template~'#3'~of~object~type~'#2'~has~no~#4 . } + \tl_show:n { } + } + { + \iow_term:x { Template~'#3'~of~object~type~'#2'~has~ #4 : } + \tl_set:Nx \l_prop_show_tl + { \prop_map_function:NN #1 \xtemplate_show_aux:nn } + \etex_showtokens:D \exp_after:wN \exp_after:wN \exp_after:wN + { \exp_after:wN \prop_show_aux:w \l_prop_show_tl } + } +} +\cs_new:Npn \xtemplate_show_aux:nn #1#2 + { + \iow_newline: > \c_space_tl \c_space_tl + #1 + \c_space_tl \c_space_tl => \c_space_tl \c_space_tl + \exp_not:n {#2} + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\template_show_values:nnn} +% Instance values are a little more complex, as there are the collection +% and template to consider. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_show_values:nnn #1#2#3 + { + \xtemplate_if_instance_exist:nnnT {#1} {#2} {#3} + { + \xtemplate_recover_values:n { #1 / #2 / #3 } + \prop_if_empty:NTF \l_xtemplate_values_prop + { + \iow_term:x + { + \tl_if_empty:nTF {#2} + { Instance~'#3'~ } + { Collection instance~'#3'~(from~collection~'#2')~ } + of~object~type~'#1'~has~no~values. + } + \tl_show:n { } + } + { + \prop_pop:NnN \l_xtemplate_values_prop { from~template } + \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + \iow_term:x + { + \tl_if_empty:nTF {#2} + { Instance~'#3'~ } + { Collection instance~'#3'~(from~collection~'#2')~ } + of~object~type~'#1' + \quark_if_no_value:NF \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + { ~(from~template~' \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl ')~ } + has~values: + } + \tl_set:Nx \l_prop_show_tl + { + \prop_map_function:NN \l_xtemplate_values_prop + \xtemplate_show_aux:nn + } + \etex_showtokens:D \exp_after:wN \exp_after:wN \exp_after:wN + { \exp_after:wN \prop_show_aux:w \l_prop_show_tl } + } + } + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \subsection{Messages} +% +% The text for error messages: short and long text for all of them. +% \begin{macrocode} +\msg_new:nnnn { xtemplate } { argument-number-mismatch } + { Object~type~'#1'~takes~#2~argument(s). } + { + \c_msg_coding_error_text_tl + Objects~of~type~'#1'~require~#2~argument(s).\\ + You~have~tried~to~make~a~template~for~'#1'~ + with~#3~argument(s),~which~is~not~possible:~ + the~number~of~arguments~must~agree. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xtemplate } { bad-number-of-arguments } + { Bad~number~of~arguments~for~object~type~'#1'. } + { + \c_msg_coding_error_text_tl + An~object~may~accept~between~0~and~9~arguments.\\ + You~asked~to~use~#2~arguments:~this~is~not~supported. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xtemplate } { bad-variable } + { Incorrect~variable~description. } + { + The~argument~'#1'~is~not~of~the~form \\ + ~~'<variable>'\\ + ~or~\\ + ~~'global~<variable>'.\\ + It~must~be~given~in~one~of~these~formats~to~be~used~in~a~template. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xtemplate } { choice-not-implemented } + { The~choice~'#1'~has~no~implementation. } + { + Each~choice~listed~in~the~interface~for~a~template~must~ + have~an~implementation. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xtemplate } { choice-no-code } + { The~choice~'#1'~requires~implementation~details. } + { + \c_msg_coding_error_text_tl + When~creating~template~code~using~\DeclareTemplateCode,~ + each~choice~name~must~have~an~associated~implementation.\\ + This~should~be~given~after~a~'='~sign:~LaTeX~did~not~find~one. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xtemplate } { duplicate-key-interface } + { Key~'#1'~appears~twice~in~interface~definition~\msg_line_context:. } + { + \c_msg_coding_error_text_tl + Each~key~can~only~have~one~interface~declared~in~a~template.\\ + LaTeX~found~two~interfaces~for~'#1'. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xtemplate } { keytype-requires-argument } + { The~key~type~'#1'~requires~an~argument~\msg_line_context:. } + { + You~should~have~put:\\ + \ \ <key-name>~:~#1~{~<argument>~} \\ + but~LaTeX~did~not~find~an~<argument>. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xtemplate } { invalid-keytype } + { The~key~'#1'~is~missing~a~key-type~\msg_line_context:. } + { + \c_msg_coding_error_text_tl + Each~key~in~a~template~requires~a~key-type,~given~in~the~form:\\ + \ \ <key>~:~<key-type>\\ + LaTeX~could~not~find~a~<key-type>~in~your~input. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xtemplate } { key-no-value } + { The~key~'#1'~has~no~value~\msg_line_context:. } + { + \c_msg_coding_error_text_tl + When~creating~an~instance~of~a~template~ + every~key~listed~must~include~a~value:\\ + \ \ <key>~=~<value> + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xtemplate } { key-no-variable } + { The~key~'#1'~requires~implementation~details~\msg_line_context:. } + { + \c_msg_coding_error_text_tl + When~creating~template~code~using~\DeclareTemplateCode,~ + each~key~name~must~have~an~associated~implementation.\\ + This~should~be~given~after~a~'='~sign:~LaTeX~did~not~find~one. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xtemplate } { key-not-implemented } + { Key~'#1'~has~no~implementation~\msg_line_context:. } + { + \c_msg_coding_error_text_tl + The~definition~of~key~implementations~for~template~'#2'~ + of~object~type~'#3'~does~not~include~any~details~for~key~'#1'.\\ + The~key~was~declared~in~the~interface~definition,~ + and~so~an~implementation~is~required. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xtemplate } { missing-keytype } + { The~key~'#1'~is missing~a~key-type~\msg_line_context:. } + { + \c_msg_coding_error_text_tl + Key~interface~definitions~should~be~of~the~form\\ + \ \ #1~:~<key-type>\\ + but~LaTeX~could~not~find~a~<key-type>. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xtemplate } { no-template-code } + { + The~template~'#2'~of~type~'#1'~is~unknown~ + or~has~no~implementation. + } + { + \c_msg_coding_error_text_tl + There~is~no~code~available~for~the~template~name~given.\\ + This~should~be~given~using~\DeclareTemplateCode. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xtemplate } { object-type-mismatch } + { Object~types~'#1'~and~'#2'~do~not~agree. } + { + You~are~trying~to~use~a~template~directly~with~\UseInstance + (or~a~similar~function),~but~the~object~types~do~not~match. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xtemplate } { unknown-attribute } + { The~template~attribute~'#1'~is~unknown. } + { + There~is~a~definition~in~the~current~template~reading\\ + \ \ \token_to_str:N \KeyValue {~#1~} \\ + but~there~is~no~key~called~'#1'. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xtemplate } { unknown-choice } + { The~choice~'#2'~was~not~declared~for~key~'#1'. } + { + The~key~'#1'~takes~a~fixed~list~of~choices~ + and~this~list~does~not~include~'#2'. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xtemplate } { unknown-default-choice } + { The~default~choice~'#2'~was~not~declared~for~key~'#1'. } + { + The~key~'#1'~takes~a~fixed~list~of~choices~ + and~this~list~does~not~include~'#2'. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xtemplate } { unknown-instance } + { The~instance~'#2'~of~type~'#1'~is~unknown. } + { + You~have~asked~to~use~an~instance~'#2',~ + but~this~has~not~been~created. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xtemplate } { unknown-key } + { Unknown~template~key~'#1'. } + { + \c_msg_coding_error_text_tl + The~key~'#1'~was~not~declared~in~the~interface~ + for~the~current~template. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xtemplate } { unknown-keytype } + { The~key-type~'#1'~is~unknown. } + { + \c_msg_coding_error_text_tl + Valid~key-types~are:\\ + -~boolean;\\ + -~choice;\\ + -~code;\\ + -~commalist;\\ + -~function;\\ + -~instance;\\ + -~integer;\\ + -~length;\\ + -~muskip;\\ + -~real;\\ + -~skip;\\ + -~tokenlist. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xtemplate } { unknown-object-type } + { The~object~type~'#1'~is~unknown. } + { + \c_msg_coding_error_text_tl + An~object~type~needs~to~be~declared~with~\DeclareObjectType + prior~to~using~it. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xtemplate } { unknown-template } + { The~template~'#2'~of~type~'#1'~is~unknown. } + { + No~interface~has~been~declared~for~a~template~ + '#2'~of~object~type~'#1'. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xtemplate } { variable-not-declared } + { The~variable~'#1'~has~not~been~declared. } + { + Before~declaring~an~instance,~all~of~the~required~variables~ + used~in~template~keys~must~be~created. + } +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Information messages only have text: more text should not be needed. +% \begin{macrocode} +\msg_new:nnn { xtemplate } { declare-object-type } + { Declaring~object~type~'#1'~taking~#2~argument(s)~\msg_line_context:. } +\msg_new:nnn { xtemplate } { declare-template-code } + { Declaring~code~for~template~'#2'~of~object~type'#1'~\msg_line_context:. } +\msg_new:nnn { xtemplate } { declare-template-interface } + { + Declaring~interface~for~template~'#2'~of~object~type~'#1'~ + \msg_line_context:. + } +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{User functions} +% +% The user functions provided by \pkg{xtemplate} are pretty much direct +% copies of internal ones. However, by sticking to the \pkg{xparse} +% approach only the appropriate arguments are long. +% +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareObjectType} +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareTemplateInterface} +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareTemplateCode} +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareRestrictedTemplate} +% \begin{macro}{\EditTemplateDefaults} +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareInstance} +% \begin{macro}{\DeclareCollectionInstance} +% \begin{macro}{\EditInstance} +% \begin{macro}{\EditCollectionInstance} +% \begin{macro}{\UseTemplate} +% \begin{macro}{\UseInstance} +% \begin{macro}{\UseCollection} +% All simple translations, with the appropriate long/short argument +% filtering. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \DeclareObjectType #1#2 + { \xtemplate_declare_object_type:nn {#1} {#2} } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \DeclareTemplateInterface #1#2#3#4 + { \xtemplate_declare_template_keys:nnnn {#1} {#2} {#3} {#4} } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \DeclareTemplateCode #1#2#3#4#5 + { \xtemplate_declare_template_code:nnnnn {#1} {#2} {#3} {#4} {#5} } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \DeclareRestrictedTemplate #1#2#3#4 + { \xtemplate_declare_restricted:nnnn {#1} {#2} {#3} {#4} } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \DeclareInstance #1#2#3#4 + { \xtemplate_declare_instance:nnnnn {#1} {#3} { } {#2} {#4} } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \DeclareCollectionInstance #1#2#3#4#5 + { \xtemplate_declare_instance:nnnnn {#2} {#4} {#1} {#3} {#5} } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \EditTemplateDefaults #1#2#3 + { \xtemplate_edit_defaults:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3} } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \EditInstance #1#2#3 + { \xtemplate_edit_instance:nnnn {#1} { } {#2} {#3} } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \EditCollectionInstance #1#2#3#4 + { \xtemplate_edit_instance:nnnn {#2} {#1} {#3} {#4} } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \UseTemplate #1#2#3 + { \xtemplate_use_template:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3} } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \UseInstance #1#2 + { \xtemplate_use_instance:nn {#1} {#2} } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \UseCollection #1#2 + { \xtemplate_use_collection:nn {#1} {#2} } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\ShowTemplateCode} +% \begin{macro}{\ShowTemplateDefaults} +% \begin{macro}{\ShowTemplateInterface} +% \begin{macro}{\ShowTemplateVariables} +% \begin{macro}{\ShowInstanceValues} +% \begin{macro}{\ShowCollectionInstanceValues} +% The show functions are again just translation. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \ShowTemplateCode #1#2 + { \xtemplate_show_code:nn {#1} {#2} } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \ShowTemplateDefaults #1#2 + { \xtemplate_show_defaults:nn {#1} {#2} } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \ShowTemplateInterface #1#2 + { \xtemplate_show_keytypes:nn {#1} {#2} } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \ShowTemplateVariables #1#2 + { \xtemplate_show_vars:nn {#1} {#2} } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \ShowInstanceValues #1#2 + { \xtemplate_show_values:nnn {#1} { } {#2} } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \ShowCollectionInstanceValues #1#2#3 + { \xtemplate_show_values:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3} } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}[TF]{\IfInstanceExist} +% More direct translation: only the base instance is checked for. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_nopar:Npn \IfInstanceExistTF #1#2 + { \xtemplate_if_instance_exist:nnnTF {#1} { } {#2} } +\cs_new_nopar:Npn \IfInstanceExistT #1#2 + { \xtemplate_if_instance_exist:nnnT {#1} { } {#2} } +\cs_new_nopar:Npn \IfInstanceExistF #1#2 + { \xtemplate_if_instance_exist:nnnF {#1} { } {#2} } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\EvaluateNow} +% \begin{macro}{\KeyValue} +% These are both do nothing functions. Both simply dump their arguments +% when executed: this should not happen with \cs{KeyValue}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \EvaluateNow #1 {#1} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \KeyValue #1 {#1} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\AssignTemplateKeys} +% A short call to use a token register by proxy. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \AssignTemplateKeys + { \xtemplate_assignments_pop: } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_eq:NN \ShowTemplateKeytypes \ShowTemplateInterface +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%</package> +% \end{macrocode} +% +%\end{implementation} +% +%\PrintIndex diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/xtemplate/xtemplate.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/xtemplate/xtemplate.ins new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..71fa6cc29f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/xtemplate/xtemplate.ins @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +\iffalse meta-comment + +File xtemplate.ins Copyright (C) 2000-2011 The LaTeX3 Project + +It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the +LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this +license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version +of this license is in the file + + http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt + +This file is part of the "l3packages bundle" (The Work in LPPL) +and all files in that bundle must be distributed together. + +The released version of this bundle is available from CTAN. + +\fi + +\input docstrip.tex +\askforoverwritefalse + +\preamble + +EXPERIMENTAL CODE + +Do not distribute this file without also distributing the +source files specified above. + +Do not distribute a modified version of this file. + +\endpreamble +% stop docstrip adding \endinput +\postamble +\endpostamble + +\keepsilent + +\generate{\file{xtemplate.sty} {\from{xtemplate.dtx} {package}}} + +\endbatchfile diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3packages/l3keys2e/l3keys2e.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3packages/l3keys2e/l3keys2e.sty new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3a84d0e1d4f --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3packages/l3keys2e/l3keys2e.sty @@ -0,0 +1,156 @@ +%% +%% This is file `l3keys2e.sty', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% l3keys2e.dtx (with options: `package') +%% +%% EXPERIMENTAL CODE +%% +%% Do not distribute this file without also distributing the +%% source files specified above. +%% +%% Do not distribute a modified version of this file. +%% +%% File: l3keys2e.dtx (C) Copyright 2009,2011 The LaTeX3 Project +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the +%% LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this +%% license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version +%% of this license is in the file +%% +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% +%% This file is part of the "l3packages bundle" (The Work in LPPL) +%% and all files in that bundle must be distributed together. +%% +%% The released version of this bundle is available from CTAN. +%% +%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- +%% +%% The development version of the bundle can be found at +%% +%% http://www.latex-project.org/svnroot/experimental/trunk/ +%% +%% for those people who are interested. +%% +%%%%%%%%%%% +%% NOTE: %% +%%%%%%%%%%% +%% +%% Snapshots taken from the repository represent work in progress and may +%% not work or may contain conflicting material! We therefore ask +%% people _not_ to put them into distributions, archives, etc. without +%% prior consultation with the LaTeX Project Team. +%% +%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- +%% +\RequirePackage{xparse} +\GetIdInfo$Id: l3keys2e.dtx 2492 2011-07-02 13:40:38Z joseph $ + {LaTeX2e option processing using LaTeX3 keys} +\ProvidesExplPackage + {\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription} +\@ifpackagelater { l3token } { 2011/07/02 } + { } + { + \PackageError { l3keys2e } { Support~package~l3kernel~too~old. } + { + Please~install~an~up~to~date~version~of~l3kernel~ + using~your~TeX~package~manager~or~from~CTAN.\\ \\ + Loading~l3keys2e~will~abort! + } + \tex_endinput:D + } +\clist_new:N \keys_latexe_options_clist +\bool_new:N \_l_keys_process_class_bool +\cs_new_protected:Npn \keys_latexe_options:n #1 + { + \clist_clear:N \keys_latexe_options_clist + \keys_latexe_options_global:n {#1} + \keys_latexe_options_local: + \keys_if_exist:nnF {#1} { unknown } + { + \keys_define:nn {#1} + { + unknown .code:n = + { + \msg_error:nnxx { keyvalue } { option-unknown } + { \l_keys_key_tl } { \@currname } + } + } + } + \keys_set:nV {#1} \keys_latexe_options_clist + \AtEndOfPackage { \cs_set_eq:NN \@unprocessedoptions \scan_stop: } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \keys_latexe_options_global:n #1 + { + \cs_if_eq:NNF \@classoptionslist \scan_stop: + { + \cs_if_eq:NNTF \@currext \@clsextension + { \keys_latexe_options_class:n {#1} } + { + \bool_if:NT \_l_keys_process_class_bool + { \keys_latexe_options_package:n {#1} } + } + } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \keys_latexe_options_class:n #1 + { + \keys_if_exist:nnTF {#1} { unknown } + { \clist_put_right:No \keys_latexe_options_clist \@classoptionslist } + { + \clist_map_inline:Nn \@classoptionslist + { + \keys_if_exist:nnTF {#1} { \keys_latexe_remove_equals:n {##1} } + { \clist_put_right:Nn \keys_latexe_options_clist {##1} } + { \clist_put_right:Nn \@unusedoptionlist {##1} } + } + } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \keys_latexe_options_package:n #1 + { + \clist_map_inline:Nn \@classoptionslist + { + \keys_if_exist:nnT {#1} { \keys_latexe_remove_equals:n {##1} } + { + \clist_put_right:Nn \keys_latexe_options_clist {##1} + \clist_remove_element:Nn \@unusedoptionlist {##1} + } + } + } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \keys_latexe_options_local: + { + \cs_if_eq:NNF \@currext \@clsextension + { + \cs_if_exist:cT { opt@ \@currname . \@currext } + { + \exp_args:NNc \clist_put_right:NV \keys_latexe_options_clist + { opt@ \@currname . \@currext } + } + } + } +\cs_new:Npn \keys_latexe_remove_equals:n #1 + { \keys_latexe_remove_equals:w #1 = \q_stop } +\cs_new:Npn \keys_latexe_remove_equals:w #1 = #2 \q_stop {#1} +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \ProcessKeysOptions #1 + { + \bool_set_true:N \_l_keys_process_class_bool + \keys_latexe_options:n {#1} + } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \ProcessKeysPackageOptions #1 + { + \bool_set_false:N \_l_keys_process_class_bool + \keys_latexe_options:n {#1} + } +\@onlypreamble \ProcessKeysOptions +\@onlypreamble \ProcessKeysPackageOptions +\msg_new:nnnn { keyvalue } { option-unknown } + { Unknown~option~'#1'~for~package~#2. } + { + LaTeX~has~been~asked~to~set~an~option~called~'#1'~ + but~the~#2~package~has~not~created~an~option~with~this~name. + } +%% +%% +%% End of file `l3keys2e.sty'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3packages/xfrac/xfrac.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3packages/xfrac/xfrac.sty new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d53d6d62bcb --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3packages/xfrac/xfrac.sty @@ -0,0 +1,438 @@ +%% +%% This is file `xfrac.sty', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% xfrac.dtx (with options: `package') +%% +%% EXPERIMENTAL CODE +%% +%% Do not distribute this file without also distributing the +%% source files specified above. +%% +%% Do not distribute a modified version of this file. +%% +%% File: xfrac.dtx Copyright (C) 2004, 2008-2010 Morten Hoegholm +%% (C) 2011 The LaTeX3 Project +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the +%% LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this +%% license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version +%% of this license is in the file +%% +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% +%% This file is part of the "l3packages bundle" (The Work in LPPL) +%% and all files in that bundle must be distributed together. +%% +%% The released version of this bundle is available from CTAN. +%% +%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- +%% +%% The development version of the bundle can be found at +%% +%% http://www.latex-project.org/svnroot/experimental/trunk/ +%% +%% for those people who are interested. +%% +%%%%%%%%%%% +%% NOTE: %% +%%%%%%%%%%% +%% +%% Snapshots taken from the repository represent work in progress and may +%% not work or may contain conflicting material! We therefore ask +%% people _not_ to put them into distributions, archives, etc. without +%% prior consultation with the LaTeX Project Team. +%% +%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- +%% +\RequirePackage{amstext,graphicx,l3keys2e,textcomp,xparse,xtemplate} +\GetIdInfo$Id: xfrac.dtx 2349 2011-05-11 18:44:37Z joseph $ + {L3 Experimental split-level fractions} +\ProvidesExplPackage + {\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription} +\keys_define:nn { xfrac } + { + cm-recommended .choice:, + cm-recommended / + false .code:n = + { \bool_set_true:N \l_xfrac_cm_std_bool }, + cm-recommended / + true .code:n = + { \bool_set_false:N \l_xfrac_cm_std_bool }, + cm-recommended .default:n = { true }, + cm-standard .bool_set:N = \l_xfrac_cm_std_bool + } +\ProcessKeysOptions { xfrac } +\box_new:N \l_xfrac_slash_box +\box_new:N \l_xfrac_tmp_box +\cs_new:Npn \xfrac_tmp:w { } +\dim_new:N \l_xfrac_denominator_bot_sep_dim +\dim_new:N \l_xfrac_numerator_bot_sep_dim +\dim_new:N \l_xfrac_numerator_top_sep_dim +\dim_new:N \l_xfrac_slash_left_sep_dim +\dim_new:N \l_xfrac_slash_right_sep_dim +\muskip_new:N \l_xfrac_slash_left_muskip +\muskip_new:N \l_xfrac_slash_right_muskip +\fp_new:N \l_xfrac_hscale_fp +\fp_new:N \l_xfrac_scale_factor_fp +\fp_new:N \l_xfrac_vscale_fp +\tl_new:N \l_xfrac_denominator_font_tl +\tl_new:N \l_xfrac_numerator_font_tl +\tl_new:N \l_xfrac_phantom_tl +\tl_new:N \l_xfrac_slash_symbol_tl +\tl_new:N \l_xfrac_slash_symbol_font_tl +\cs_new_nopar:Npn \xfrac_fontscale: +\cs_new:Npn \xfrac_math:n #1 { } +\cs_new_nopar:Npn \xfrac_denominator_font_change: { } +\cs_new:Npn \xfrac_denominator_format:n #1 { } +\cs_new_nopar:Npn \xfrac_numerator_font_change: { } +\cs_new:Npn \xfrac_numerator_format:n #1 { } +\cs_new_nopar:Npn \xfrac_relscale: { } +\cs_new_nopar:Npn \xfrac_slash_symbol_font_change: { } +\cs_new:Npn \xfrac_slash_symbol_format:n #1 { } +\cs_new:Npn \xfrac_text_or_math:n #1 { } +\DeclareObjectType { xfrac } { 3 } +\DeclareTemplateInterface { xfrac } { text } { 3 } + { + denominator-bot-sep : length = \c_max_dim , + denominator-font : tokenlist = \f@family , + denominator-format : function 1 = #1 , + h-scale : real = 1 , + math-mode : choice { false , true } + = false , + numerator-font : tokenlist = \f@family , + numerator-format : function 1 = #1 , + numerator-bot-sep : length = \c_max_dim , + numerator-top-sep : length = \c_max_dim , + phantom : tokenlist = 8 , + scale-factor : real = 0.83333 , + scale-relative : choice { false , true } + = true , + scaling : choice { false , true } + = true , + slash-left-kern : length = 0 pt , + slash-left-mkern : muskip = -2 mu , + slash-right-kern : length = 0 pt , + slash-right-mkern : muskip = -1 mu , + slash-symbol : tokenlist = \textfractionsolidus , + slash-symbol-font : tokenlist = \f@family , + slash-symbol-format : function 1 = #1 , + v-scale : real = 1 , + } +\DeclareTemplateCode { xfrac } { text } { 3 } + { + denominator-bot-sep = \l_xfrac_denominator_bot_sep_dim , + denominator-font = \l_xfrac_denominator_font_tl , + denominator-format = \xfrac_denominator_format:n , + h-scale = \l_xfrac_hscale_fp , + math-mode = + { + false = \cs_set_eq:NN \xfrac_math:n \use:n, + true = \cs_set_eq:NN \xfrac_math:n \ensuremath + }, + numerator-font = \l_xfrac_numerator_font_tl , + numerator-format = \xfrac_numerator_format:n , + numerator-bot-sep = \l_xfrac_numerator_bot_sep_dim , + numerator-top-sep = \l_xfrac_numerator_top_sep_dim , + phantom = \l_xfrac_phantom_tl , + scale-factor = \l_xfrac_scale_factor_fp , + scale-relative = + { + false = + \cs_set_nopar:Npn \xfrac_relscale: + { + \dim_eval:w + \box_ht:N \l_xfrac_tmp_box + \box_dp:N \l_xfrac_tmp_box + \dim_eval_end: + }, + true = + \cs_set_nopar:Npn \xfrac_relscale: + { \box_ht:N \l_xfrac_slash_box } + }, + scaling = + { + false = \cs_set_eq:NN \xfrac_fontscale: \prg_do_nothing:, + true = + \cs_set_nopar:Npn \xfrac_fontscale: + { + \fontsize + { \fp_use:N \l_xfrac_scale_factor_fp \xfrac_relscale: } + { \c_zero_dim } + \selectfont + } + }, + slash-left-kern = \l_xfrac_slash_left_sep_dim , + slash-left-mkern = \l_xfrac_slash_left_muskip , + slash-right-kern = \l_xfrac_slash_right_sep_dim , + slash-right-mkern = \l_xfrac_slash_right_muskip , + slash-symbol = \l_xfrac_slash_symbol_tl , + slash-symbol-font = \l_xfrac_slash_symbol_font_tl , + slash-symbol-format = \xfrac_slash_symbol_format:n , + v-scale = \l_xfrac_vscale_fp + } + { + \AssignTemplateKeys + \mode_if_math:TF + { + \cs_set_eq:NN \xfrac_text_or_math:n \text + \cs_set_nopar:Npx \xfrac_denominator_font_change: + { \tex_fam:D \l_xfrac_denominator_font_tl } + \cs_set_nopar:Npx \xfrac_numerator_font_change: + { \tex_fam:D \l_xfrac_numerator_font_tl } + \cs_set_nopar:Npx \xfrac_slash_symbol_font_change: + { \tex_fam:D \l_xfrac_slash_symbol_font_tl } + } + { + \cs_set_eq:NN \xfrac_text_or_math:n \mbox + \cs_set_nopar:Npn \xfrac_denominator_font_change: + { + \fontfamily { \l_xfrac_denominator_font_tl } + \selectfont + } + \cs_set_nopar:Npn \xfrac_numerator_font_change: + { + \fontfamily { \l_xfrac_numerator_font_tl } + \selectfont + } + \cs_set_nopar:Npn \xfrac_slash_symbol_font_change: + { + \fontfamily { \l_xfrac_slash_symbol_font_tl } + \selectfont + } + } + \xfrac_text_or_math:n + { + \m@th + \hbox_set:Nn \l_xfrac_tmp_box + { \xfrac_math:n { \vphantom { ( ) } } } + \hbox_set:Nn \l_xfrac_slash_box + { + \xfrac_math:n + { + \xfrac_slash_symbol_format:n + { + \xfrac_math:n + { + \xfrac_slash_symbol_font_change: + \IfNoValueTF {#2} + { \l_xfrac_slash_symbol_tl } {#2} + } + } + } + } + \cs_set_nopar:Npn \xfrac_tmp:w + { + \raisebox + { + \box_ht:N \l_xfrac_slash_box + - \box_dp:N \l_xfrac_slash_box + - \height + } + } + \dim_compare:nNnTF + { \l_xfrac_numerator_top_sep_dim } = { \c_max_dim } + { + \dim_compare:nNnF + { \l_xfrac_numerator_bot_sep_dim } = { \c_max_dim } + { + \cs_set_nopar:Npn \xfrac_tmp:w + { + \raisebox + { \dim_use:N \l_xfrac_numerator_bot_sep_dim } + } + } + } + { + \dim_compare:nNnTF + { \l_xfrac_numerator_bot_sep_dim } = { \c_max_dim } + { + \cs_set_nopar:Npn \xfrac_tmp:w + { + \raisebox + { + \box_ht:N \l_xfrac_slash_box + - \dim_use:N \l_xfrac_numerator_top_sep_dim + - \height + } + } + } + { + \msg_error:nn { xfrac } + { over-specified-numerator-sep } + } + } + \xfrac_tmp:w + { + \xfrac_fontscale: + \xfrac_numerator_format:n + { + \scalebox + { \fp_use:N \l_xfrac_hscale_fp } + [ \fp_use:N \l_xfrac_vscale_fp ] + { + \xfrac_math:n + { + \xfrac_numerator_font_change: + { + \vphantom { \l_xfrac_phantom_tl } + #1 + } + } + } + } + } + \xfrac_math:n + { % THIS IS JUST WRONG! + \mode_if_math:TF + { \tex_mskip:D \l_xfrac_slash_right_muskip } + { \tex_hskip:D \l_xfrac_slash_right_sep_dim } + } + \box_use:N \l_xfrac_slash_box + \xfrac_math:n + { + \mode_if_math:TF + { \tex_mskip:D \l_xfrac_slash_left_muskip } + { \tex_hskip:D \l_xfrac_slash_left_sep_dim } + } + \dim_compare:nNnTF + { \l_xfrac_denominator_bot_sep_dim } = { \c_max_dim } + { + \cs_set_nopar:Npn \xfrac_tmp:w + { \raisebox { - \box_dp:N \l_xfrac_slash_box } } + } + { + \cs_set_nopar:Npn \xfrac_tmp:w + { + \raisebox + { \dim_use:N \l_xfrac_denominator_bot_sep_dim } + } + } + \xfrac_tmp:w + { + \xfrac_fontscale: + \xfrac_denominator_format:n + { + \scalebox + { \fp_use:N \l_xfrac_hscale_fp } + [ \fp_use:N \l_xfrac_vscale_fp ] + { + \xfrac_math:n + { + \xfrac_denominator_font_change: + { + \vphantom { \l_xfrac_phantom_tl } + #3 + } + } + } + } + } + } + } +\DeclareRestrictedTemplate { xfrac } { text } { math } + { + numerator-font = \number \fam , + slash-symbol = / , + slash-symbol-font = \number \fam , + denominator-font = \number \fam , + scale-factor = 0.7 , + scale-relative = false , + scaling = true , + numerator-top-sep = 0 pt , + denominator-bot-sep = 0 pt , + math-mode = true , + phantom = ( % ) + } +\DeclareInstance { xfrac } { default } { text } { } +\DeclareInstance { xfrac } { mathdefault } { math } { } +\DeclareCollectionInstance { plainmath } { xfrac } { mathdefault } { math } + { + denominator-bot-sep = 0 pt , + numerator-bot-sep = 0 pt , + numerator-top-sep = \c_max_dim , + scale-factor = 1 , + scale-relative = false , + scaling = true , + slash-right-mkern = 0 mu , + slash-left-mkern = 0 mu + } +\DeclareInstance { xfrac } { cmr } { text } + { + denominator-bot-sep = 0 pt , + numerator-top-sep = 0.2 ex , + slash-left-kern = -0.1 em , + slash-right-kern = -0.1 em + } +\DeclareInstance { xfrac } { cmss } { text } + { + denominator-bot-sep = 0 pt , + numerator-top-sep = 0.2 ex , + slash-left-kern = -0.1 em , + slash-right-kern = -0.1 em + } +\DeclareInstance { xfrac } { cmtt } { text } + { + denominator-bot-sep = 0 pt , + numerator-top-sep = 0.2 ex , + slash-left-kern = -0.1 em , + slash-right-kern = -0.1 em + } +\bool_if:NF \l_xfrac_cm_std_bool + { + \DeclareInstance { xfrac } { cmr } { text } + { slash-symbol-font = ptm } + \DeclareInstance { xfrac } { cmss } { text } + { slash-symbol-font = ptm } + \DeclareInstance { xfrac } { cmtt } { text } + { slash-symbol-font = ppl } + } +\DeclareInstance { xfrac } { lmr } { text } + { + denominator-bot-sep = 0 pt , + numerator-top-sep = 0.1 ex , + slash-left-kern = -0.15 em , + slash-right-kern = -0.15 em + } +\DeclareInstance { xfrac } { lmss } { text } + { + denominator-bot-sep = 0 pt , + numerator-top-sep = 0 pt , + slash-left-kern = -0.15 em , + slash-right-kern = -0.15 em + } +\DeclareInstance { xfrac } { lmtt } { text } + { + denominator-bot-sep = 0 pt , + numerator-top-sep = 0 pt , + slash-left-kern = -0.15 em , + slash-right-kern = -0.15 em + } +\NewDocumentCommand \sfrac { o m o m } + { + \mode_if_math:TF + { + \IfInstanceExistTF { xfrac } { mathfam \number \fam } + { \UseInstance { xfrac } { mathfam \number \fam } } + { \UseInstance { xfrac } { mathdefault } } + {#2} {#3} {#4} + } + { + \IfInstanceExistTF { xfrac } {#1} + { \UseInstance { xfrac } {#1} } + { + \IfInstanceExistTF { xfrac } { \f@family } + { \UseInstance { xfrac } { \f@family } } + { \UseInstance { xfrac } { default } } + } + {#2} {#3} {#4} + } + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xfrac } { over-specified-numerator-sep } + { You have specified both numerator-top-sep and numerator-bot-sep} + {I will pretend that you didn't specify either of them} + +%% +%% +%% End of file `xfrac.sty'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3packages/xparse/xparse.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3packages/xparse/xparse.sty new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..be93d481af1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3packages/xparse/xparse.sty @@ -0,0 +1,1270 @@ +%% +%% This is file `xparse.sty', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% xparse.dtx (with options: `package') +%% +%% EXPERIMENTAL CODE +%% +%% Do not distribute this file without also distributing the +%% source files specified above. +%% +%% Do not distribute a modified version of this file. +%% +%% File: xparse.dtx (C) Copyright 1999 Frank Mittelbach, Chris Rowley, +%% David Carlisle +%% (C) Copyright 2004-2008 Frank Mittelbach, +%% The LaTeX3 Project +%% (C) Copyright 2009-2011 The LaTeX3 Project +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the +%% LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this +%% license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version +%% of this license is in the file +%% +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% +%% This file is part of the "l3packages bundle" (The Work in LPPL) +%% and all files in that bundle must be distributed together. +%% +%% The released version of this bundle is available from CTAN. +%% +%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- +%% +%% The development version of the bundle can be found at +%% +%% http://www.latex-project.org/svnroot/experimental/trunk/ +%% +%% for those people who are interested. +%% +%%%%%%%%%%% +%% NOTE: %% +%%%%%%%%%%% +%% +%% Snapshots taken from the repository represent work in progress and may +%% not work or may contain conflicting material! We therefore ask +%% people _not_ to put them into distributions, archives, etc. without +%% prior consultation with the LaTeX Project Team. +%% +%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- +%% +\RequirePackage{expl3} +\GetIdInfo$Id: xparse.dtx 2492 2011-07-02 13:40:38Z joseph $ + {L3 Experimental document command parser} +\ProvidesExplPackage + {\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription} +\RequirePackage{expl3} +\@ifpackagelater { l3token } { 2011/07/02 } + { } + { + \PackageError { xparse } { Support~package~l3kernel~too~old. } + { + Please~install~an~up~to~date~version~of~l3kernel~ + using~your~TeX~package~manager~or~from~CTAN.\\ \\ + Loading~xparse~will~abort! + } + \tex_endinput:D + } +\prop_new:N \c_xparse_shorthands_prop +\prop_put:Nnn \c_xparse_shorthands_prop { o } { d[] } +\prop_put:Nnn \c_xparse_shorthands_prop { O } { D[] } +\prop_put:Nnn \c_xparse_shorthands_prop { s } { t* } + %\end{variable} +\tl_new:N \l_xparse_arg_tl +\tl_new:N \l_xparse_args_tl +\bool_new:N \l_xparse_environment_bool +\bool_new:N \l_xparse_error_bool +\tl_new:N \l_xparse_function_tl +\tl_new:N \l_xparse_last_arg_tl +\bool_new:N \l_xparse_long_bool +\int_new:N \l_xparse_m_args_int +\bool_new:N \l_xparse_m_only_bool +\int_new:N \l_xparse_mandatory_args_int +\bool_new:N \l_xparse_processor_bool +\int_new:N \l_xparse_processor_int +\tl_new:N \l_xparse_signature_tl +\tl_new:N \l_xparse_tmp_tl +\int_new:N \l_xparse_total_args_int +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xparse_add_grabber_mandatory:N #1 + { + \tl_put_right:Nx \l_xparse_signature_tl + { + \exp_not:c + { xparse_grab_ #1 \bool_if:NT \l_xparse_long_bool { _long } :w } + } + \bool_set_false:N \l_xparse_long_bool + \int_decr:N \l_xparse_mandatory_args_int + } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xparse_add_grabber_optional:N #1 + { + \tl_put_right:Nx \l_xparse_signature_tl + { + \exp_not:c + { + xparse_grab_ #1 + \bool_if:NT \l_xparse_long_bool { _long } + \int_compare:nNnF \l_xparse_mandatory_args_int > \c_zero + { _trailing } + :w + } + } + \bool_set_false:N \l_xparse_long_bool + } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:cpn { xparse_add_type_+:w } + { + \xparse_flush_m_args: + \bool_set_true:N \l_xparse_long_bool + \bool_set_false:N \l_xparse_m_only_bool + \int_decr:N \l_xparse_total_args_int + \xparse_prepare_signature:N + } +\cs_new_protected:cpn { xparse_add_type_>:w } #1 + { + \bool_set_true:N \l_xparse_processor_bool + \xparse_flush_m_args: + \int_decr:N \l_xparse_total_args_int + \tl_put_right:Nn \l_xparse_signature_tl { \xparse_process_arg:n {#1} } + \xparse_prepare_signature_aux:N + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_add_type_d:w #1#2 + { \xparse_add_type_D:w #1 #2 { \NoValue } } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_add_type_D:w #1#2#3 + { + \xparse_flush_m_args: + \xparse_add_grabber_optional:N D + \tl_put_right:Nn \l_xparse_signature_tl { #1 #2 {#3} } + \xparse_prepare_signature:N + } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xparse_add_type_g:w + { \xparse_add_type_G:w { \NoValue } } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_add_type_G:w #1 + { + \xparse_flush_m_args: + \xparse_add_grabber_optional:N G + \tl_put_right:Nn \l_xparse_signature_tl { {#1} } + \xparse_prepare_signature:N + } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xparse_add_type_l:w + { + \xparse_flush_m_args: + \xparse_add_grabber_mandatory:N l + \xparse_prepare_signature:N + } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xparse_add_type_m:w + { + \bool_if:nTF { \l_xparse_long_bool || \l_xparse_processor_bool } + { + \xparse_flush_m_args: + \xparse_add_grabber_mandatory:N m + } + { \int_incr:N \l_xparse_m_args_int } + \xparse_prepare_signature:N + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_add_type_t:w #1 + { + \xparse_flush_m_args: + \xparse_add_grabber_optional:N t + \tl_put_right:Nn \l_xparse_signature_tl { #1 } + \xparse_prepare_signature:N + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_add_type_u:w #1 + { + \xparse_flush_m_args: + \xparse_add_grabber_mandatory:N u + \tl_put_right:Nn \l_xparse_signature_tl { {#1} } + \xparse_prepare_signature:N + } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xparse_check_and_add:N #1 + { + \cs_if_free:cTF { xparse_add_type_ #1 :w } + { + \msg_error:nnx { xparse } { unknown-argument-type } + { \tl_to_str:n {#1} } + \xparse_add_type_m:w + } + { \use:c { xparse_add_type_ #1 :w } } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_count_mandatory:n #1 + { + \int_zero:N \l_xparse_mandatory_args_int + \xparse_count_mandatory:N #1 \q_nil + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_count_mandatory:N #1 + { + \quark_if_nil:NF #1 + { + \prop_if_in:NnTF \c_xparse_shorthands_prop {#1} + { + \prop_get:NnN \c_xparse_shorthands_prop {#1} \l_xparse_tmp_tl + \exp_last_unbraced:NV \xparse_count_mandatory:N \l_xparse_tmp_tl + } + { \xparse_count_mandatory_aux:N #1 } + } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_count_mandatory_aux:N #1 + { + \cs_if_free:cTF { xparse_count_type_ #1 :w } + { \xparse_count_type_m:w } + { \use:c { xparse_count_type_ #1 :w } } + } +\cs_new_protected:cpn { xparse_count_type_>:w } #1 + { \xparse_count_mandatory:N } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:cpn { xparse_count_type_+:w } + { \xparse_count_mandatory:N } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_count_type_d:w #1#2 + { \xparse_count_mandatory:N } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_count_type_D:w #1#2#3 + { \xparse_count_mandatory:N } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xparse_count_type_g:w + { \xparse_count_mandatory:N } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_count_type_G:w #1 + { \xparse_count_mandatory:N } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xparse_count_type_l:w + { + \int_incr:N \l_xparse_mandatory_args_int + \xparse_count_mandatory:N + } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xparse_count_type_m:w + { + \int_incr:N \l_xparse_mandatory_args_int + \xparse_count_mandatory:N + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_count_type_t:w #1 + { \xparse_count_mandatory:N } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_count_type_u:w #1 + { + \int_incr:N \l_xparse_mandatory_args_int + \xparse_count_mandatory:N + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_declare_cmd:Nnn #1#2 + { + \cs_if_exist:NTF #1 + { + \msg_warning:nnxx { xparse } { redefine-command } + { \token_to_str:N #1 } { \tl_to_str:n {#2} } + } + { + \msg_info:nnxx { xparse } { define-command } + { \token_to_str:N #1 } { \tl_to_str:n {#2} } + } + \xparse_declare_cmd_aux:Nnn #1 {#2} + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_declare_cmd_aux:Nnn #1#2#3 + { + \tl_clear_new:c { l_xparse_ \token_to_str:N #1 _arg_spec_tl } + \tl_set:cn { l_xparse_ \token_to_str:N #1 _arg_spec_tl } {#2} + \xparse_count_mandatory:n {#2} + \xparse_prepare_signature:n {#2} + \bool_if:NTF \l_xparse_m_only_bool + { \xparse_declare_cmd_all_m:Nn #1 {#3} } + { \xparse_declare_cmd_mixed:Nn #1 {#3} } + } +\cs_generate_variant:Nn \xparse_declare_cmd_aux:Nnn { cnn } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_declare_cmd_all_m:Nn #1#2 + { + \cs_generate_from_arg_count:NNnn + #1 \cs_set_protected_nopar:Npn \l_xparse_total_args_int {#2} + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_declare_cmd_mixed:Nn #1#2 + { + \group_begin: + \tex_escapechar:D 92 \scan_stop: + \tl_set:Nx \l_xparse_function_tl { \token_to_str:N #1 } + \exp_args:NNNo \group_end: + \tl_set:Nn \l_xparse_function_tl { \l_xparse_function_tl } + \cs_set_protected_nopar:Npx #1 + { + \exp_not:n + { + \int_zero:N \l_xparse_processor_int + \tl_set:Nn \l_xparse_args_tl + } + { \exp_not:c { \l_xparse_function_tl } } + \exp_not:o \l_xparse_signature_tl + \exp_not:N \l_xparse_args_tl + } + \cs_generate_from_arg_count:cNnn + { \token_to_str:N #1 } \cs_set:Npn \l_xparse_total_args_int {#2} + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_declare_cmd_implementation:nNn #1#2#3 + { + \cs_generate_from_arg_count:cNnn { implementation_ #1 :w } + \cs_set:Npn {#2} {#3} + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_declare_cmd_interface:Nnn #1#2#3 + { + \xparse_prepare_signature:n {#3} + \bool_if:NTF \l_xparse_m_only_bool + { \xparse_declare_cmd_interface_all_m:Nn #1 {#2} } + { \xparse_declare_cmd_interface_mixed:Nn #1 {#2} } + \cs_generate_from_arg_count:cNnn { implementation_ #2 :w } + \cs_set:Npn \l_xparse_total_args_int { '#2' } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_declare_cmd_interface_all_m:Nn #1#2 + { + \cs_generate_from_arg_count:NNnn + #1 \cs_set_protected_nopar:Npn \l_xparse_total_args_int + { \use:c { implementation_ #2 :w } } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_declare_cmd_interface_mixed:Nn #1#2 + { + \cs_set_protected_nopar:Npx #1 + { + \exp_not:n + { + \int_zero:N \l_xparse_processor_int + \tl_set:Nn \l_xparse_args_tl + } + { \exp_not:c { \token_to_str:N #1 } } + \exp_not:o \l_xparse_signature_tl + \exp_not:N \l_xparse_args_tl + } + \cs_generate_from_arg_count:cNnn + { \token_to_str:N #1 } \cs_set:Npn \l_xparse_total_args_int + { \use:c { implementation_ #2 :w } } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_declare_env:nnnn #1#2#3#4 + { + \bool_set_true:N \l_xparse_environment_bool + \cs_if_exist:cTF {#1} + { + \msg_warning:nnxx { xparse } { redefine-environment } + { \tl_to_str:n {#1} } { \tl_to_str:n {#2} } + } + { + \msg_info:nnxx { xparse } { define-environment } + { \tl_to_str:n {#1} } { \tl_to_str:n {#2} } + } + \xparse_declare_cmd_aux:cnn { environment_begin_ #1 :w } {#2} + { + \group_begin: + \cs_set_protected_nopar:cpx { environment_end_ #1 :w } + { + \exp_not:c { environment_end_ #1 _aux:N } + \exp_not:o \l_xparse_args_tl + \group_end: + } + #3 + } + \cs_set_protected_nopar:cpx { environment_end_ #1 : } + { \exp_not:c { environment_end_ #1 :w } } + \bool_set_false:N \l_xparse_environment_bool + \cs_set_nopar:cpx { environment_end_ #1 _aux:N } ##1 + { \exp_not:c { environment_end_ #1 _aux :w } } + \cs_generate_from_arg_count:cNnn + { environment_end_ #1 _aux :w } \cs_set:Npn + \l_xparse_total_args_int {#4} + \cs_set_eq:cc {#1} { environment_begin_ #1 :w } + \cs_set_eq:cc { end #1 } { environment_end_ #1 : } + } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xparse_flush_m_args: + { + \cs_if_exist:cT { xparse_grab_m_ \int_use:N \l_xparse_m_args_int :w } + { + \tl_put_right:Nx \l_xparse_signature_tl + { \exp_not:c { xparse_grab_m_ \int_use:N \l_xparse_m_args_int :w } } + \int_set:Nn \l_xparse_mandatory_args_int + { \l_xparse_mandatory_args_int - \l_xparse_m_args_int } + } + \int_zero:N \l_xparse_m_args_int + \bool_set_false:N \l_xparse_m_only_bool + } +\prg_new_conditional:Npnn \xparse_if_no_value:n #1 { T , F , TF } + { \str_if_eq:nnTF {#1} { \NoValue } \prg_return_true: \prg_return_false: } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_prepare_signature:n #1 + { + \bool_set_false:N \l_xparse_long_bool + \int_zero:N \l_xparse_m_args_int + \bool_if:NTF \l_xparse_environment_bool + { \bool_set_false:N \l_xparse_m_only_bool } + { \bool_set_true:N \l_xparse_m_only_bool } + \bool_set_false:N \l_xparse_processor_bool + \tl_clear:N \l_xparse_signature_tl + \int_zero:N \l_xparse_total_args_int + \xparse_prepare_signature:N #1 \q_nil + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_prepare_signature:N #1 + { + \bool_set_false:N \l_xparse_processor_bool + \xparse_prepare_signature_aux:N #1 + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_prepare_signature_aux:N #1 + { + \quark_if_nil:NTF #1 + { \bool_if:NF \l_xparse_m_only_bool { \xparse_flush_m_args: } } + { + \prop_if_in:NnTF \c_xparse_shorthands_prop {#1} + { + \prop_get:NnN \c_xparse_shorthands_prop {#1} \l_xparse_tmp_tl + \exp_after:wN \xparse_prepare_signature:N \l_xparse_tmp_tl + } + { + \int_incr:N \l_xparse_total_args_int + \xparse_check_and_add:N #1 + } + } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_process_arg:n #1 + { + \int_incr:N \l_xparse_processor_int + \cs_set:cpn { xparse_processor_ \int_use:N \l_xparse_processor_int :n } ##1 + { #1 {##1} } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_add_arg:n #1 + { + \int_compare:nNnTF \l_xparse_processor_int = \c_zero + { \tl_put_right:Nn \l_xparse_args_tl { {#1} } } + { + \xparse_if_no_value:nTF {#1} + { + \int_zero:N \l_xparse_processor_int + \tl_put_right:Nn \l_xparse_args_tl { {#1} } + } + { \xparse_add_arg_aux:n {#1} } + } + } +\cs_generate_variant:Nn \xparse_add_arg:n { V } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_add_arg_aux:n #1 + { + \tl_set_eq:NN \ProcessedArgument \l_xparse_arg_tl + \use:c { xparse_processor_ \int_use:N \l_xparse_processor_int :n } {#1} + \int_decr:N \l_xparse_processor_int + \int_compare:nNnTF \l_xparse_processor_int = \c_zero + { + \tl_put_right:Nx \l_xparse_args_tl + { { \exp_not:V \ProcessedArgument } } + } + { \xparse_add_arg_aux:V \ProcessedArgument } +} +\cs_generate_variant:Nn \xparse_add_arg_aux:n { V } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_grab_arg:w { } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_grab_arg_aux_i:w { } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_grab_arg_aux_ii:w { } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_grab_D:w #1#2#3#4 \l_xparse_args_tl + { + \xparse_grab_D_aux:NNnnNn #1 #2 {#3} {#4} \cs_set_protected_nopar:Npn + { _ignore_spaces } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_grab_D_long:w #1#2#3#4 \l_xparse_args_tl + { + \xparse_grab_D_aux:NNnnNn #1 #2 {#3} {#4} \cs_set_protected:Npn + { _ignore_spaces } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_grab_D_trailing:w #1#2#3#4 \l_xparse_args_tl + { \xparse_grab_D_aux:NNnnNn #1 #2 {#3} {#4} \cs_set_protected_nopar:Npn { } } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_grab_D_long_trailing:w #1#2#3#4 \l_xparse_args_tl + { \xparse_grab_D_aux:NNnnNn #1 #2 {#3} {#4} \cs_set_protected:Npn { } } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_grab_D_aux:NNnnNn #1#2#3#4#5#6 + { + #5 \xparse_grab_arg:w #1 + { + \peek_meaning:NTF \c_group_begin_token + { \xparse_grab_arg_aux_i:w } + { \xparse_grab_arg_aux_ii:w } + } + #5 \xparse_grab_arg_aux_i:w ##1 + { + \peek_charcode:NTF #2 + { \xparse_grab_arg_aux_ii:w { {##1} } } + { \xparse_grab_arg_aux_ii:w {##1} } + } + #5 \xparse_grab_arg_aux_ii:w ##1 #2 + { + \tl_if_in:nnTF {##1} {#1} + { \xparse_grab_D_nested:NNnnN #1 #2 {##1} {#4} #5 } + { + \xparse_add_arg:n {##1} + #4 \l_xparse_args_tl + } + } + \use:c { peek_charcode #6 :NTF } #1 + { \xparse_grab_arg:w } + { + \xparse_add_arg:n {#3} + #4 \l_xparse_args_tl + } + } +\tl_new:N \l_xparse_nesting_a_tl +\tl_new:N \l_xparse_nesting_b_tl +\quark_new:N \q_xparse +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_grab_D_nested:NNnnN #1#2#3#4#5 + { + \tl_clear:N \l_xparse_nesting_a_tl + \tl_clear:N \l_xparse_nesting_b_tl + #5 \xparse_grab_arg:w ##1 #1 ##2 \q_xparse ##3 #2 + { + \tl_put_right:Nn \l_xparse_nesting_a_tl { ##1 #1 } + \tl_put_right:Nn \l_xparse_nesting_b_tl { #2 ##3 } + \tl_if_in:nnTF {##2} {#1} + { \xparse_grab_arg:w ##2 \q_xparse } + { + \tl_put_right:Nn \l_xparse_nesting_a_tl {##2} + \tl_if_in:NnTF \l_xparse_nesting_b_tl {#1} + { + \tl_set_eq:NN \l_xparse_tmp_tl \l_xparse_nesting_b_tl + \tl_clear:N \l_xparse_nesting_b_tl + \exp_after:wN \xparse_grab_arg:w \l_xparse_tmp_tl \q_xparse + } + { + \tl_put_right:No \l_xparse_nesting_a_tl + \l_xparse_nesting_b_tl + \xparse_add_arg:V \l_xparse_nesting_a_tl + #4 \l_xparse_args_tl + } + } + } + \xparse_grab_arg:w #3 \q_xparse + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_grab_G:w #1#2 \l_xparse_args_tl + { + \xparse_grab_G_aux:nnNn {#1} {#2} \cs_set_protected_nopar:Npn + { _ignore_spaces } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_grab_G_long:w #1#2 \l_xparse_args_tl + { + \xparse_grab_G_aux:nnNn {#1} {#2} \cs_set_protected:Npn { _ignore_spaces } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_grab_G_trailing:w #1#2 \l_xparse_args_tl + { \xparse_grab_G_aux:nnNn {#1} {#2} \cs_set_protected_nopar:Npn { } } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_grab_G_long_trailing:w #1#2 \l_xparse_args_tl + { \xparse_grab_G_aux:nnNn {#1} {#2} \cs_set_protected:Npn { } } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_grab_G_aux:nnNn #1#2#3#4 + { + #3 \xparse_grab_arg:w ##1 + { + \xparse_add_arg:n {##1} + #2 \l_xparse_args_tl + } + \use:c { peek_meaning #4 :NTF } \c_group_begin_token + { \xparse_grab_arg:w } + { + \xparse_add_arg:n {#1} + #2 \l_xparse_args_tl + } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_grab_l:w #1 \l_xparse_args_tl + { \xparse_grab_l_aux:nN {#1} \cs_set_protected_nopar:Npn } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_grab_l_long:w #1 \l_xparse_args_tl + { \xparse_grab_l_aux:nN {#1} \cs_set_protected:Npn } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_grab_l_aux:nN #1#2 + { + #2 \xparse_grab_arg:w ##1## + { + \xparse_add_arg:n {##1} + #1 \l_xparse_args_tl + } + \xparse_grab_arg:w + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_grab_m:w #1 \l_xparse_args_tl + { + \cs_set_protected_nopar:Npn \xparse_grab_arg:w ##1 + { + \xparse_add_arg:n {##1} + #1 \l_xparse_args_tl + } + \xparse_grab_arg:w + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_grab_m_long:w #1 \l_xparse_args_tl + { + \cs_set_protected:Npn \xparse_grab_arg:w ##1 + { + \xparse_add_arg:n {##1} + #1 \l_xparse_args_tl + } + \xparse_grab_arg:w + } +\cs_new_protected:cpn { xparse_grab_m_1:w } #1 \l_xparse_args_tl + { + \cs_set_protected_nopar:Npn \xparse_grab_arg:w ##1 + { + \tl_put_right:Nn \l_xparse_args_tl { {##1} } + #1 \l_xparse_args_tl + } + \xparse_grab_arg:w + } +\cs_new_protected:cpn { xparse_grab_m_2:w } #1 \l_xparse_args_tl + { + \cs_set_protected_nopar:Npn \xparse_grab_arg:w ##1##2 + { + \tl_put_right:Nn \l_xparse_args_tl { {##1} {##2} } + #1 \l_xparse_args_tl + } + \xparse_grab_arg:w + } +\cs_new_protected:cpn { xparse_grab_m_3:w } #1 \l_xparse_args_tl + { + \cs_set_protected_nopar:Npn \xparse_grab_arg:w ##1##2##3 + { + \tl_put_right:Nn \l_xparse_args_tl { {##1} {##2} {##3} } + #1 \l_xparse_args_tl + } + \xparse_grab_arg:w + } +\cs_new_protected:cpn { xparse_grab_m_4:w } #1 \l_xparse_args_tl + { + \cs_set_protected_nopar:Npn \xparse_grab_arg:w ##1##2##3##4 + { + \tl_put_right:Nn \l_xparse_args_tl { {##1} {##2} {##3} {##4} } + #1 \l_xparse_args_tl + } + \xparse_grab_arg:w + } +\cs_new_protected:cpn { xparse_grab_m_5:w } #1 \l_xparse_args_tl + { + \cs_set_protected_nopar:Npn \xparse_grab_arg:w ##1##2##3##4##5 + { + \tl_put_right:Nn \l_xparse_args_tl { {##1} {##2} {##3} {##4} {##5} } + #1 \l_xparse_args_tl + } + \xparse_grab_arg:w + } +\cs_new_protected:cpn { xparse_grab_m_6:w } #1 \l_xparse_args_tl + { + \cs_set_protected_nopar:Npn \xparse_grab_arg:w ##1##2##3##4##5##6 + { + \tl_put_right:Nn \l_xparse_args_tl + { {##1} {##2} {##3} {##4} {##5} {##6} } + #1 \l_xparse_args_tl + } + \xparse_grab_arg:w + } +\cs_new_protected:cpn { xparse_grab_m_7:w } #1 \l_xparse_args_tl + { + \cs_set_protected_nopar:Npn \xparse_grab_arg:w ##1##2##3##4##5##6##7 + { + \tl_put_right:Nn \l_xparse_args_tl + { {##1} {##2} {##3} {##4} {##5} {##6} {##7} } + #1 \l_xparse_args_tl + } + \xparse_grab_arg:w + } +\cs_new_protected:cpn { xparse_grab_m_8:w } #1 \l_xparse_args_tl + { + \cs_set_protected_nopar:Npn \xparse_grab_arg:w ##1##2##3##4##5##6##7##8 + { + \tl_put_right:Nn \l_xparse_args_tl + { {##1} {##2} {##3} {##4} {##5} {##6} {##7} {##8} } + #1 \l_xparse_args_tl + } + \xparse_grab_arg:w + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_grab_t:w #1#2 \l_xparse_args_tl + { + \xparse_grab_t_aux:NnNn #1 {#2} \cs_set_protected_nopar:Npn + { _ignore_spaces } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_grab_t_long:w #1#2 \l_xparse_args_tl + { \xparse_grab_t_aux:NnNn #1 {#2} \cs_set_protected:Npn { _ignore_spaces } } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_grab_t_trailing:w #1#2 \l_xparse_args_tl + { \xparse_grab_t_aux:NnNn #1 {#2} \cs_set_protected_nopar:Npn { } } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_grab_t_long_trailing:w #1#2 \l_xparse_args_tl + { \xparse_grab_t_aux:NnNn #1 {#2} \cs_set_protected:Npn { } } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_grab_t_aux:NnNn #1#2#3#4 + { + #3 \xparse_grab_arg:w + { + \use:c { peek_charcode_remove #4 :NTF } #1 + { + \xparse_add_arg:n { \BooleanTrue } + #2 \l_xparse_args_tl + } + { + \xparse_add_arg:n { \BooleanFalse } + #2 \l_xparse_args_tl + } + } + \xparse_grab_arg:w + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_grab_u:w #1#2 \l_xparse_args_tl + { \xparse_grab_u_aux:NnN {#1} {#2} \cs_set_protected_nopar:Npn } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_grab_u_long:w #1#2 \l_xparse_args_tl + { \xparse_grab_u_aux:NnN {#1} {#2} \cs_set_protected:Npn } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_grab_u_aux:NnN #1#2#3 + { + #3 \xparse_grab_arg:w ##1 #1 + { + \xparse_add_arg:n {##1} + #2 \l_xparse_args_tl + } + \xparse_grab_arg:w + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_process_to_str:n #1 + { \tl_set:Nx \ProcessedArgument { \tl_to_str:n {#1} } } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_bool_reverse:N #1 + { + \bool_if:NTF #1 + { \tl_set:Nn \ProcessedArgument { \c_false_bool } } + { \tl_set:Nn \ProcessedArgument { \c_true_bool } } + } +\tl_new:N \l_xparse_split_argument_tl +\group_begin: + \char_set_catcode_active:N \@ + \cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_split_argument:nnn #1#2#3 + { + \tl_set:Nn \l_xparse_split_argument_tl {#3} + \group_begin: + \char_set_lccode:nn { `\@ } { `#2} + \tl_to_lowercase:n + { + \group_end: + \tl_replace_all_in:Nnn \l_xparse_split_argument_tl { @ } {#2} + } + \cs_set_protected:Npn \xparse_split_argument_aux_i:w + ##1 \q_mark ##2 #2 ##3 \q_stop + { + \tl_put_right:Nn \ProcessedArgument { {##2} } + ##1 \q_mark ##3 \q_stop + } + \cs_set_protected:Npn \xparse_split_argument_aux_iii:w + ##1 #2 ##2 \q_stop + { + \IfNoValueF {##1} + { + \msg_error:nnxxx { xparse } { split-excess-tokens } + { \tl_to_str:n {#2} } { \tl_to_str:n {#1} } + { \tl_to_str:n {#3} } + } + } + \tl_set:Nx \l_xparse_tmp_tl + { + \prg_replicate:nn { #1 + 1 } + { \xparse_split_argument_aux_i:w } + \xparse_split_argument_aux_ii:w + \exp_not:N \q_mark + \exp_not:o \l_xparse_split_argument_tl + \prg_replicate:nn {#1} { \exp_not:n {#2} \NoValue } + \exp_not:n { #2 \q_stop } + } + \l_xparse_tmp_tl + } +\group_end: +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_split_argument_aux_i:w { } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_split_argument_aux_ii:w + #1 \q_mark #2 \q_stop + { + \tl_if_empty:nF {#2} + { \xparse_split_argument_aux_iii:w #2 \q_stop } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_split_argument_aux_iii:w { } +\tl_new:N \l_xparse_split_list_tl +\group_begin: + \char_set_catcode_active:N \@ + \cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_split_list:nn #1#2 + { + \tl_set:Nn \l_xparse_split_list_tl {#2} + \group_begin: + \char_set_lccode:nn { `\@ } { `#1 } + \tl_to_lowercase:n + { + \group_end: + \tl_replace_all_in:Nnn \l_xparse_split_list_tl { @ } {#1} + } + \cs_set:Npn \xparse_split_list_aux:w ##1 #1 + { + \quark_if_recursion_tail_stop:n {##1} + \tl_put_right:Nn \ProcessedArgument { {##1} } + \xparse_split_list_aux:w + } + \tl_if_empty:NTF \l_xparse_split_list_tl + { \tl_set:Nn \ProcessedArgument { { } } } + { + \tl_clear:N \ProcessedArgument + \exp_after:wN \xparse_split_list_aux:w + \l_xparse_split_list_tl #1 + \q_recursion_tail #1 \q_recursion_stop + } + } +\group_end: +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_split_list_aux:w { } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_exp_add_type_d:w #1#2 + { \xparse_exp_add_type_D:w #1 #2 { \NoValue } } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_exp_add_type_D:w #1#2#3 + { + \tl_set:Nx \l_xparse_tmp_tl + { + \exp_after:wN \token_to_str:N \l_xparse_function_tl + \int_use:N \l_xparse_total_args_int + } + \xparse_exp_set:cpx { \l_xparse_tmp_tl } ##1 \q_xparse ##2 + { + \exp_not:N \tl_if_head_eq_charcode:nNTF {##2} #1 + { + \exp_not:c { \l_xparse_tmp_tl aux } + ##1 \exp_not:N \q_xparse + } + { + \exp_not:c { \l_xparse_tmp_tl aux } + ##1 \exp_not:N \q_xparse #3 #2 {##2} + } + } + \xparse_exp_set:cpx { \l_xparse_tmp_tl aux} ##1 \q_xparse ##2 #2 + { + \exp_not:c + { + \exp_after:wN \token_to_str:N \l_xparse_function_tl + \int_eval:n { \l_xparse_total_args_int + 1 } + } + ##1 {##2} \exp_not:N \q_xparse + } + \xparse_exp_prepare_function:N + } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xparse_exp_add_type_l:w + { + \xparse_exp_set:cpx + { + \exp_after:wN \token_to_str:N \l_xparse_function_tl + \int_use:N \l_xparse_total_args_int + } + ##1 \q_xparse ##2## + { + \exp_not:c + { + \exp_after:wN \token_to_str:N \l_xparse_function_tl + \int_eval:n { \l_xparse_total_args_int + 1 } + } + ##1 {##2} \exp_not:N \q_xparse + } + \xparse_exp_prepare_function:N + } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xparse_exp_add_type_m:w + { + \int_incr:N \l_xparse_m_args_int + \xparse_exp_set:cpx + { + \exp_after:wN \token_to_str:N \l_xparse_function_tl + \int_use:N \l_xparse_total_args_int + } + ##1 \q_xparse ##2 + { + \exp_not:c + { + \exp_after:wN \token_to_str:N \l_xparse_function_tl + \int_eval:n { \l_xparse_total_args_int + 1 } + } + ##1 {##2} \exp_not:N \q_xparse + } + \xparse_exp_prepare_function:N + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_exp_add_type_t:w #1 + { + \tl_set:Nx \l_xparse_tmp_tl + { + \exp_after:wN \token_to_str:N \l_xparse_function_tl + \int_eval:n { \l_xparse_total_args_int + 1 } + } + \xparse_exp_set:cpx + { + \exp_after:wN \token_to_str:N \l_xparse_function_tl + \int_use:N \l_xparse_total_args_int + } + ##1 \q_xparse ##2 + { + \exp_not:N \tl_if_head_eq_charcode:nNTF {##2} #1 + { + \exp_not:c { \l_xparse_tmp_tl } + ##1 \exp_not:n { { \BooleanTrue } \q_xparse } + } + { + \exp_not:c { \l_xparse_tmp_tl } + ##1 \exp_not:n { { \BooleanFalse } \q_xparse {##2} } + } + } + \xparse_exp_prepare_function:N + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_exp_add_type_u:w #1 + { + \xparse_exp_set:cpx + { + \exp_after:wN \token_to_str:N \l_xparse_function_tl + \int_use:N \l_xparse_total_args_int + } + ##1 \q_xparse ##2 #1 + { + \exp_not:c + { + \exp_after:wN \token_to_str:N \l_xparse_function_tl + \int_eval:n { \l_xparse_total_args_int + 1 } + } + ##1 {##2} \exp_not:N \q_xparse + } + \xparse_exp_prepare_function:N + } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xparse_exp_check_and_add:N #1 + { + \cs_if_free:cTF { xparse_exp_add_type_ #1 :w } + { + \msg_error:nnx { xparse } { unknown-argument-type } + { \tl_to_str:n {#1} } + \tl_set:Nn \l_xparse_last_arg_tl { m } + \xparse_exp_add_type_m:w + } + { + \tl_set:Nn \l_xparse_last_arg_tl {#1} + \use:c { xparse_exp_add_type_ #1 :w } + } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_exp_declare_cmd:Nnn #1#2#3 + { + \cs_if_exist:NTF #1 + { + \msg_warning:nnxx { xparse } { redefine-command } + { \token_to_str:N #1 } { \tl_to_str:n {#2} } + } + { + \msg_info:nnxx { xparse } { define-command } + { \token_to_str:N #1 } { \tl_to_str:n {#2} } + } + \group_begin: + \tex_escapechar:D 92 \scan_stop: + \tl_set:Nx \l_xparse_function_tl { \token_to_str:N #1} + \exp_args:NNNo \group_end: + \tl_set:Nn \l_xparse_function_tl { \l_xparse_function_tl } + \xparse_exp_prepare_function:n {#2} + \int_compare:nNnTF \l_xparse_total_args_int = \l_xparse_m_args_int + { \xparse_exp_declare_cmd_all_m:Nn #1 {#3} } + { \xparse_exp_declare_cmd_mixed:Nn #1 {#3} } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_exp_declare_cmd_all_m:Nn #1#2 + { + \bool_if:NTF \l_xparse_long_bool + { + \cs_generate_from_arg_count:NNnn + #1 \cs_set:Npn \l_xparse_total_args_int {#2} + } + { + \cs_generate_from_arg_count:NNnn + #1 \cs_set_nopar:Npn \l_xparse_total_args_int {#2} + } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_exp_declare_cmd_mixed:Nn #1#2 + { + \tl_if_in:noTF { l m u } \l_xparse_last_arg_tl + { \xparse_exp_declare_cmd_mixed_aux:Nn #1 {#2} } + { \msg_error:nn { xparse } { expandable-ending-optional } } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_exp_declare_cmd_mixed_aux:Nn #1#2 + { + \cs_set_nopar:Npx #1 + { \exp_not:c { \token_to_str:N #1 1 } x \exp_not:N \q_xparse } + \cs_set_nopar:cpx + { \token_to_str:N #1 \int_eval:n { \l_xparse_total_args_int + 1 } } + x ##1 \q_xparse + { \exp_not:c { \token_to_str:N #1 } ##1 } + \cs_generate_from_arg_count:cNnn + { \token_to_str:N #1 } \cs_set:Npn \l_xparse_total_args_int {#2} + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_exp_prepare_function:n #1 + { + \bool_set_false:N \l_xparse_error_bool + \tl_if_in:nnT {#1} { > } + { + \msg_error:nnx { xparse } { processor-in-expandable } + { \tl_to_str:n {#1} } + \bool_set_true:N \l_xparse_error_bool + } + \tl_if_in:nnT {#1} { g } + { + \msg_error:nnx { xparse } { grouped-in-expandable } + { g } { \tl_to_str:n {#1} } + \bool_set_true:N \l_xparse_error_bool + } + \tl_if_in:nnT {#1} { G } + { + \msg_error:nnx { xparse } { grouped-in-expandable } + { G } { \tl_to_str:n {#1} } + \bool_set_true:N \l_xparse_error_bool + } + \bool_if:NF \l_xparse_error_bool + { \xparse_exp_prepare_function_aux:n {#1} } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_exp_prepare_function_aux:n #1 + { + \cs_set_eq:NN \xparse_prepare_next:w \xparse_exp_prepare_function:N + \cs_set_eq:NN \xparse_exp_set:cpx \cs_set_nopar:cpx + \bool_set_false:N \l_xparse_long_bool + \int_zero:N \l_xparse_m_args_int + \int_zero:N \l_xparse_total_args_int + \tl_if_in:nnT {#1} { + } + { + \bool_set_true:N \l_xparse_long_bool + \cs_set_eq:NN \xparse_exp_set:cpx \cs_set:cpx + } + \xparse_exp_prepare_function:N #1 \q_nil + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_exp_prepare_function:N #1 + { + \bool_if:NTF \l_xparse_long_bool + { \xparse_exp_prepare_function_long:N #1 } + { \xparse_exp_prepare_function_short:N #1 } +} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_exp_prepare_function_long:N #1 + { + \quark_if_nil:NF #1 + { + \str_if_eq:nnTF {#1} { + } + { \xparse_exp_prepare_function_short:N } + { + \msg_error:nn { xparse } { inconsistent-long } + \xparse_exp_prepare_function_short:N #1 + } + } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_exp_prepare_function_short:N #1 + { + \quark_if_nil:NF #1 + { + \prop_if_in:NnTF \c_xparse_shorthands_prop {#1} + { + \prop_get:NnN \c_xparse_shorthands_prop {#1} \l_xparse_tmp_tl + \bool_if:NT \l_xparse_long_bool + { \tl_put_left:Nn \l_xparse_tmp_tl { + } } + \exp_after:wN \xparse_exp_prepare_function:N \l_xparse_tmp_tl + } + { + \int_incr:N \l_xparse_total_args_int + \xparse_exp_check_and_add:N #1 + } + } + } +\cs_new_eq:NN \xparse_exp_set:cpx \cs_set_nopar:cpx +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_get_arg_spec:N #1 + { + \cs_if_exist:cTF { l_xparse_ \token_to_str:N #1 _arg_spec_tl } + { + \tl_set_eq:Nc \ArgumentSpecification + { l_xparse_ \token_to_str:N #1 _arg_spec_tl } + } + { + \msg_error:nnx { xparse } { unknown-document-command } + { \token_to_str:N #1 } + } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_get_arg_spec:n #1 + { + \cs_if_exist:cTF { l_xparse_ #1 _arg_spec_tl } + { \tl_set_eq:Nc \ArgumentSpecification { l_xparse_ #1 _arg_spec_tl } } + { + \msg_error:nnx { xparse } { unknown-document-environment } + { \tl_to_str:n {#1} } + } + } +\tl_new:N \ArgumentSpecification +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_show_arg_spec:N #1 + { + \cs_if_exist:cTF { l_xparse_ \token_to_str:N #1 _arg_spec_tl } + { + \tl_set_eq:Nc \ArgumentSpecification + { l_xparse_ \token_to_str:N #1 _arg_spec_tl } + \tl_show:N \ArgumentSpecification + } + { + \msg_error:nnx { xparse } { unknown-document-command } + { \token_to_str:N #1 } + } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xparse_show_arg_spec:n #1 + { + \cs_if_exist:cTF { l_xparse_ #1 _arg_spec_tl } + { + \tl_set_eq:Nc \ArgumentSpecification { l_xparse_ #1 _arg_spec_tl } + \tl_show:N \ArgumentSpecification + } + { + \msg_error:nnx { xparse } { unknown-document-environment } + { \tl_to_str:n {#1} } + } + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xparse } { command-already-defined } + { Command~'#1'~already~defined! } + { + You~have~used~\NewDocumentCommand + with~a~command~that~already~has~a~definition. \\ + The~existing~definition~of~'#1'~will~be~overwritten. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xparse } { command-not-yet-defined } + { Command ~'#1'~not~yet~defined! } + { + You~have~used~\RenewDocumentCommand + with~a~command~that~was~never~defined.\\ + A~new~command~'#1'~will~be~created. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xparse } { environment-already-defined } + { Environment~'#1'~already~defined! } + { + You~have~used~\NewDocumentEnvironment + with~an~environment~that~already~has~a~definition.\\ + The~existing~definition~of~'#1'~will~be~overwritten. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xparse } { environment-mismatch } + { Mismatch~between~start~and~end~of~environment. } + { + The~current~environment~is~called~'#1',~but~you~have~tried~to~ + end~one~called~'#2'.~Environments~have~to~be~properly~nested. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xparse } { environment-not-yet-defined } + { Environment~'#1'~not~yet~defined! } + { + You~have~used~\RenewDocumentEnvironment + with~an~environment~that~was~never~defined.\\ + A~new~environment~'#1'~will~be~created. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xparse } { environment-unknown } + { Environment~'#1'~undefined. } + { + You~have~tried~to~start~an~environment~called~'#1',~ + but~this~has~never~been~defined.\\ + The~command~will~be~ignored. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xparse } { expandable-ending-optional } + { Signature~for~expandable~command~ends~with~optional~argument. } + { + \c_msg_coding_error_text_tl + Expandable~commands~must~have~a~final~mandatory~argument~ + (or~no~arguments~at~all).~You~cannot~have~a~terminal~optional~ + argument~with~expandable~commands. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xparse } { grouped-in-expandable } + { Argument~specifier~'#1'~forbidden~in~expandable~commands. } + { + \c_msg_coding_error_text_tl + Argument~specification~'#2'~contains~the~optional~grouped~ + argument~'#1':~ + this~is only~supported~for~standard~robust~functions. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xparse } { inconsistent-long } + { Inconsistent~long~arguments~for~expandable~command. } + { + \c_msg_coding_error_text_tl + The~arguments~for~an~expandable~command~must~either~all~be~ + short~or~all~be~long.~You~have~tried~to~mix~the~two~types. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xparse } { processor-in-expandable } + { Argument~processors~cannot~be~used~with~expandable~functions. } + { + \c_msg_coding_error_text_tl + Argument~specification~'#1'~contains~a~processor~function:~ + this~is~only~supported~for~standard~robust~functions. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xparse } { split-excess-tokens } + { Too~many~'#1'~tokens~when~trying~to~split~argument. } + { + LaTeX~was~asked~to~split~the~input~'#3'~ + at~each~occurrence~of~the~token~'#1',~up~to~a~maximum~of~#2~parts.~ + There~were~too~many~'#1'~tokens. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xparse } { unknown-argument-type } + { Unknown~argument~type~'#1'~replaced~by~'m'. } + { + \c_msg_coding_error_text_tl + The~letter~'#1'~does~not~specify~a~known~argument~type.~ + LaTeX~will~assume~you~want~a~standard~mandatory~argument~(type~'m'). + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xparse } { unknown-document-command } + { Unknown~document~command~'#1'. } + { + You~have~asked~for~the~argument~specification~for~a~command~'#1',~ + but~this~is~not~a~document~command. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xparse } { unknown-document-environment } + { Unknown~document~environment~'#1'. } + { + You~have~asked~for~the~argument~specification~for~a~command~'#1',~ + but~this~is~not~a~document~environment. + } +\msg_new:nnn { xparse } { define-command } + { + Defining~document~command~#1~ + with~arg.~spec.~'#2'~\msg_line_context:. + } +\msg_new:nnn { xparse } { define-environment } + { + Defining~document~environment~'#1'~ + with~arg.~spec.~'#2'~\msg_line_context:. + } +\msg_new:nnn { xparse } { redefine-command } + { + Redefining~document~command~#1~ + with~arg.~spec.~'#2'~\msg_line_context:. + } +\msg_new:nnn { xparse } { redefine-environment } + { + Redefining~document~environment~'#1'~ + with~arg.~spec.~'#2'~\msg_line_context:. + } +\cs_new_eq:NN \BooleanFalse \c_false_bool +\cs_new_eq:NN \BooleanTrue \c_true_bool +\cs_new_protected:Npn \DeclareDocumentCommand #1#2#3 + { \xparse_declare_cmd:Nnn #1 {#2} {#3} } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \NewDocumentCommand #1#2#3 + { + \cs_if_exist:NTF #1 + { + \msg_error:nnx { xparse } { command-already-defined } + { \token_to_str:N #1 } + } + { \xparse_declare_cmd:Nnn #1 {#2} {#3} } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \RenewDocumentCommand #1#2#3 + { + \cs_if_exist:NTF #1 + { \xparse_declare_cmd_aux:Nnn #1 {#2} {#3} } + { + \msg_error:nnx { xparse } { command-not-yet-defined } + { \token_to_str:N #1 } + } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \ProvideDocumentCommand #1#2#3 + { \cs_if_exist:NF #1 { \xparse_declare_cmd:Nnn #1 {#2} {#3} } } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \DeclareDocumentCommandImplementation #1#2#3 + { \xparse_declare_cmd_implementation:nNn {#1} #2 {#3} } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \DeclareDocumentCommandInterface #1#2#3 + { \xparse_declare_cmd_interface:Nnn #1 {#2} {#3} } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \DeclareDocumentEnvironment #1#2#3#4 + { \xparse_declare_env:nnnn {#1} {#2} {#3} {#4} } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \NewDocumentEnvironment #1#2#3#4 + { + \cs_if_exist:cTF {#1} + { \msg_error:nnx { xparse } { environment-already-defined } {#1} } + { \xparse_declare_env:nnnn {#1} {#2} {#3} {#4} } +} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \RenewDocumentEnvironment #1#2#3#4 + { + \cs_if_exist:cTF {#1} + { \xparse_declare_env:nnnn {#1} {#2} {#3} {#4} } + { \msg_error:nnx { xparse } { environment-not-yet-defined } {#1} } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \ProvideDocumentEnvironment #1#2#3#4 + { \cs_if_exist:cF { #1 } { \xparse_declare_env:nnnn {#1} {#2} {#3} {#4} } } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \DeclareExpandableDocumentCommand #1#2#3 + { \xparse_exp_declare_cmd:Nnn #1 {#2} {#3} } +\cs_new_eq:NN \IfBooleanTF \bool_if:NTF +\cs_new_eq:NN \IfBooleanT \bool_if:NT +\cs_new_eq:NN \IfBooleanF \bool_if:NF +\cs_new_eq:NN \IfNoValueF \xparse_if_no_value:nF +\cs_new_eq:NN \IfNoValueT \xparse_if_no_value:nT +\cs_new_eq:NN \IfNoValueTF \xparse_if_no_value:nTF +\cs_set:Npn \IfValueF { \xparse_if_no_value:nT } +\cs_set:Npn \IfValueT { \xparse_if_no_value:nF } +\cs_set:Npn \IfValueTF #1#2#3 { \xparse_if_no_value:nTF {#1} {#3} {#2} } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \NoValue { -NoValue- } +\tl_new:N \ProcessedArgument +\cs_new_eq:NN \ReverseBoolean \xparse_bool_reverse:N +\cs_new_eq:NN \SplitArgument \xparse_split_argument:nnn +\cs_new_eq:NN \SplitList \xparse_split_list:nn +\cs_new_eq:NN \GetDocumentCommandArgSpec \xparse_get_arg_spec:N +\cs_new_eq:NN \GetDocumentEnvironmmentArgSpec \xparse_get_arg_spec:n +\cs_new_eq:NN \ShowDocumentCommandArgSpec \xparse_show_arg_spec:N +\cs_new_eq:NN \ShowDocumentEnvironmentArgSpec \xparse_show_arg_spec:n +\DeclareOption { log-declarations = true } { } +\DeclareOption { log-declarations = false } + { + \msg_redirect_module:nnn { xparse } { info } { none } + \msg_redirect_module:nnn { xparse } { warning } { none } + } +\DeclareOption { log-declarations } { } +\ProcessOptions \scan_stop: +%% +%% +%% End of file `xparse.sty'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3packages/xtemplate/xtemplate.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3packages/xtemplate/xtemplate.sty new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..83be1411dad --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3packages/xtemplate/xtemplate.sty @@ -0,0 +1,1373 @@ +%% +%% This is file `xtemplate.sty', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% xtemplate.dtx (with options: `package') +%% +%% EXPERIMENTAL CODE +%% +%% Do not distribute this file without also distributing the +%% source files specified above. +%% +%% Do not distribute a modified version of this file. +%% +%% File: xtemplate.dtx (C) Copyright 1999 Frank Mittelbach, Chris Rowley, +%% David Carlisle +%% (C) Copyright 2004-2010 Frank Mittelbach, +%% The LaTeX3 Project +%% (C) Copyright 2011 The LaTeX3 Project +%% +%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the +%% LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this +%% license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version +%% of this license is in the file +%% +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% +%% This file is part of the "l3packages bundle" (The Work in LPPL) +%% and all files in that bundle must be distributed together. +%% +%% The released version of this bundle is available from CTAN. +%% +%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- +%% +%% The development version of the bundle can be found at +%% +%% http://www.latex-project.org/svnroot/experimental/trunk/ +%% +%% for those people who are interested. +%% +%%%%%%%%%%% +%% NOTE: %% +%%%%%%%%%%% +%% +%% Snapshots taken from the repository represent work in progress and may +%% not work or may contain conflicting material! We therefore ask +%% people _not_ to put them into distributions, archives, etc. without +%% prior consultation with the LaTeX Project Team. +%% +%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- +%% +\RequirePackage{expl3} +\GetIdInfo$Id: xtemplate.dtx 2492 2011-07-02 13:40:38Z joseph $ + {L3 Experimental prototype document functions} +\ProvidesExplPackage + {\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription} +\@ifpackagelater { l3token } { 2011/07/02 } + { } + { + \PackageError { xtemplate } { Support~package~l3kernel~too~old. } + { + Please~install~an~up~to~date~version~of~l3kernel~ + using~your~TeX~package~manager~or~from~CTAN.\\ \\ + Loading~xtemplate~will~abort! + } + \tex_endinput:D + } +\tl_const:Nn \c_xtemplate_code_root_tl { template~code~>~ } +\tl_const:Nn \c_xtemplate_defaults_root_tl { template~defaults~>~ } +\tl_const:Nn \c_xtemplate_instances_root_tl { template~instance~>~ } +\tl_const:Nn \c_xtemplate_keytypes_root_tl { template~key~types~>~ } +\tl_const:Nn \c_xtemplate_key_order_root_tl { template~key~order~>~ } +\tl_const:Nn \c_xtemplate_restrict_root_tl { template~restrictions~>~ } +\tl_const:Nn \c_xtemplate_values_root_tl { template~values~>~ } +\tl_const:Nn \c_xtemplate_vars_root_tl { template~vars~>~ } +\seq_new:N \c_xtemplate_keytypes_arg_seq +\seq_put_right:Nn \c_xtemplate_keytypes_arg_seq { choice } +\seq_put_right:Nn \c_xtemplate_keytypes_arg_seq { function } +\seq_put_right:Nn \c_xtemplate_keytypes_arg_seq { instance } +\prop_new:N \g_xtemplate_object_type_prop +\tl_new:N \l_xtemplate_assignments_tl +\tl_new:N \l_xtemplate_collection_tl +\prop_new:N \l_xtemplate_collections_prop +\tl_new:N \l_xtemplate_default_tl +\bool_new:N \l_xtemplate_error_bool +\bool_new:N \l_xtemplate_global_bool +\bool_new:N \l_xtemplate_restrict_bool +\clist_new:N \l_xtemplate_restrict_clist +\tl_new:N \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl +\tl_new:N \l_xtemplate_keytype_tl +\tl_new:N \l_xtemplate_keytype_arg_tl +\tl_new:N \l_xtemplate_value_tl +\tl_new:N \l_xtemplate_var_tl +\prop_new:N \l_xtemplate_keytypes_prop +\seq_new:N \l_xtemplate_key_order_seq +\prop_new:N \l_xtemplate_values_prop +\prop_new:N \l_xtemplate_vars_prop +\clist_new:N \l_xtemplate_tmp_clist +\dim_new:N \l_xtemplate_tmp_dim +\int_new:N \l_xtemplate_tmp_int +\muskip_new:N \l_xtemplate_tmp_muskip +\skip_new:N \l_xtemplate_tmp_skip +\tl_new:N \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_execute_if_arg_agree:nnT #1#2#3 + { + \prop_get:NnN \g_xtemplate_object_type_prop {#1} \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + \int_compare:nNnTF {#2} = \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + {#3} + { + \msg_error:nnxxx { xtemplate } + { argument-number-mismatch } {#1} { \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl } {#2} + } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_execute_if_code_exist:nnT #1#2#3 + { + \cs_if_exist:cTF { \c_xtemplate_code_root_tl #1 / #2 } + {#3} + { + \msg_error:nnxx { xtemplate } { no-template-code } + {#1} {#2} + } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_execute_if_keytype_exist:nT #1#2 + { + \cs_if_exist:cTF { xtemplate_store_value_ #1 :n } + {#2} + { \msg_error:nnx { xtemplate } { unknown-keytype } {#1} } + } +\cs_generate_variant:Nn \xtemplate_execute_if_keytype_exist:nT { o } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_execute_if_type_exist:nT #1#2 + { + \prop_if_in:NnTF \g_xtemplate_object_type_prop {#1} + {#2} + { \msg_error:nnx { xtemplate } { unknown-object-type } {#1} } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_if_keys_exist:nnT #1#2#3 + { + \cs_if_exist:cTF { \c_xtemplate_keytypes_root_tl #1 / #2 } + {#3} + { + \msg_error:nnxx { xtemplate } { unknown-template } + {#1} {#2} + } + } +\prg_new_conditional:Npnn \xtemplate_if_key_value:n #1 { T } + { + \str_if_eq:noTF { \KeyValue } { \tl_head:w #1 \q_stop } + {\prg_return_true: } + { \prg_return_false: } + } +\cs_generate_variant:Nn \xtemplate_if_key_value:nT { o } +\prg_new_conditional:Npnn \xtemplate_if_eval_now:n #1 { TF } + { + \str_if_eq:noTF { \EvaluateNow } { \tl_head:w #1 \q_stop } + { \prg_return_true: } + { \prg_return_false: } + } +\prg_new_conditional:Npnn \xtemplate_if_instance_exist:nnn #1#2#3 + { T, F, TF } + { + \cs_if_exist:cTF { \c_xtemplate_instances_root_tl #1 / #2 / #3 } + { \prg_return_true: } + { \prg_return_false: } + } +\prg_new_conditional:Npnn \xtemplate_if_use_template:n #1 { TF } + { + \str_if_eq:noTF { \UseTemplate } { \tl_head:w #1 \q_stop } + { \prg_return_true: } + { \prg_return_false: } +} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_store_defaults:n #1 + { + \prop_gclear_new:c { \c_xtemplate_defaults_root_tl #1 } + \prop_gset_eq:cN { \c_xtemplate_defaults_root_tl #1 } + \l_xtemplate_values_prop + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_store_keytypes:n #1 + { + \prop_gclear_new:c { \c_xtemplate_keytypes_root_tl #1 } + \prop_gset_eq:cN { \c_xtemplate_keytypes_root_tl #1 } + \l_xtemplate_keytypes_prop + \seq_gclear_new:c { \c_xtemplate_key_order_root_tl #1 } + \seq_gset_eq:cN { \c_xtemplate_key_order_root_tl #1 } + \l_xtemplate_key_order_seq + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_store_values:n #1 + { + \prop_clear_new:c { \c_xtemplate_values_root_tl #1 } + \prop_set_eq:cN { \c_xtemplate_values_root_tl #1 } + \l_xtemplate_values_prop + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_store_restrictions:n #1 + { + \clist_gclear_new:c { \c_xtemplate_restrict_root_tl #1 } + \clist_gset_eq:cN { \c_xtemplate_restrict_root_tl #1 } + \l_xtemplate_restrict_clist + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_store_vars:n #1 + { + \prop_gclear_new:c { \c_xtemplate_vars_root_tl #1 } + \prop_gset_eq:cN { \c_xtemplate_vars_root_tl #1 } + \l_xtemplate_vars_prop + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_recover_defaults:n #1 + { + \prop_set_eq:Nc \l_xtemplate_values_prop + { \c_xtemplate_defaults_root_tl #1 } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_recover_keytypes:n #1 + { + \prop_set_eq:Nc \l_xtemplate_keytypes_prop + { \c_xtemplate_keytypes_root_tl #1 } + \seq_set_eq:Nc \l_xtemplate_key_order_seq + { \c_xtemplate_key_order_root_tl #1 } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_recover_restrictions:n #1 + { + \clist_set_eq:Nc \l_xtemplate_restrict_clist + { \c_xtemplate_restrict_root_tl #1 } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_recover_values:n #1 + { + \prop_set_eq:Nc \l_xtemplate_values_prop + { \c_xtemplate_values_root_tl #1 } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_recover_vars:n #1 + { + \prop_set_eq:Nc \l_xtemplate_vars_prop + { \c_xtemplate_vars_root_tl #1 } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_declare_object_type:nn #1#2 + { + \int_set:Nn \l_xtemplate_tmp_int {#2} + \bool_if:nTF + { + \int_compare_p:nNn {#2} > \c_nine || + \int_compare_p:nNn {#2} < \c_zero + } + { + \msg_error:nnxx { xtemplate } { bad-number-of-arguments } + {#1} { \exp_not:V \l_xtemplate_tmp_int } + } + { + \msg_info:nnxx { xtemplate } { declare-object-type } + {#1} {#2} + \prop_gput:NnV \g_xtemplate_object_type_prop {#1} + \l_xtemplate_tmp_int + } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_declare_template_keys:nnnn #1#2#3#4 + { + \xtemplate_execute_if_type_exist:nT {#1} + { + \xtemplate_execute_if_arg_agree:nnT {#1} {#3} + { + \prop_clear:N \l_xtemplate_values_prop + \prop_clear:N \l_xtemplate_keytypes_prop + \seq_clear:N \l_xtemplate_key_order_seq + \keyval_parse:NNn + \xtemplate_parse_keys_elt:n \xtemplate_parse_keys_elt:nn {#4} + \xtemplate_store_defaults:n { #1 / #2 } + \xtemplate_store_keytypes:n { #1 / #2 } + } + } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_parse_keys_elt:n #1 + { + \xtemplate_split_keytype:n {#1} + \bool_if:NF \l_xtemplate_error_bool + { + \xtemplate_execute_if_keytype_exist:oT \l_xtemplate_keytype_tl + { + \seq_map_function:NN \c_xtemplate_keytypes_arg_seq + \xtemplate_parse_keys_elt_aux:n + \bool_if:NF \l_xtemplate_error_bool + { + \seq_if_in:NoTF \l_xtemplate_key_order_seq + \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl + { + \msg_error:nnx { xtemplate } + { duplicate-key-interface } + { \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl } + } + { \xtemplate_parse_keys_elt_aux: } + } + } + } + } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_parse_keys_elt_aux:n #1 + { + \str_if_eq:onT \l_xtemplate_keytype_tl {#1} + { + \tl_if_empty:NT \l_xtemplate_keytype_arg_tl + { + \msg_error:nnx { xtemplate } + { keytype-requires-argument } {#1} + \bool_set_true:N \l_xtemplate_error_bool + \seq_map_break: + } + } + } +\cs_new_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_parse_keys_elt_aux: + { + \tl_set:Nx \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + { + \l_xtemplate_keytype_tl + \tl_if_empty:NF \l_xtemplate_keytype_arg_tl + { { \l_xtemplate_keytype_arg_tl } } + } + \prop_put:Noo \l_xtemplate_keytypes_prop \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl + \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + \seq_put_right:No \l_xtemplate_key_order_seq \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl + \str_if_eq:onT \l_xtemplate_keytype_tl { choice } + { + \clist_if_in:NnT \l_xtemplate_keytype_arg_tl { unknown } + { \msg_error:nn { xtemplate } { choice-unknown-reserved } } + } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_parse_keys_elt:nn #1#2 + { + \xtemplate_parse_keys_elt:n {#1} + \use:c { xtemplate_store_value_ \l_xtemplate_keytype_tl :n } {#2} + } +\group_begin: +\char_set_lccode:nn { `\@ } { `\: } +\char_set_catcode_other:N \@ +\tl_to_lowercase:n + { + \group_end: + \cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_split_keytype:n #1 + { + \bool_set_false:N \l_xtemplate_error_bool + \tl_set:Nn \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl {#1} + \tl_remove_all:Nn \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl { ~ } + \tl_replace_all:Nnn \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl { : } { @ } + \tl_if_in:onTF \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl { @ } + { + \tl_clear:N \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl + \exp_after:wN \xtemplate_split_keytype_aux:w + \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl \q_stop + } + { + \bool_set_true:N \l_xtemplate_error_bool + \msg_error:nnx { xtemplate } { missing-keytype } {#1} + } + } + \cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_split_keytype_aux:w #1 @ #2 \q_stop + { + \tl_put_right:Nx \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl { \tl_to_str:n {#1} } + \tl_if_in:nnTF {#2} { @ } + { + \tl_put_right:Nn \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl { @ } + \xtemplate_split_keytype_aux:w #2 \q_stop + } + { + \tl_if_empty:NTF \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl + { \msg_error:nnx { xtemplate } { empty-key-name } { @ #2 } } + { \xtemplate_split_keytype_arg:n {#2} } + } + } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_split_keytype_arg:n #1 + { + \tl_set:Nn \l_xtemplate_keytype_tl {#1} + \tl_clear:N \l_xtemplate_keytype_arg_tl + \cs_set_protected_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_split_keytype_arg_aux:n ##1 + { + \tl_if_in:nnT {#1} {##1} + { + \cs_set:Npn \xtemplate_split_keytype_arg_aux:w + ####1 ##1 ####2 \q_stop + { + \tl_if_empty:nT {####1} + { + \tl_set:Nn \l_xtemplate_keytype_tl {##1} + \tl_set:Nn \l_xtemplate_keytype_arg_tl {####2} + \seq_map_break: + } + } + \xtemplate_split_keytype_arg_aux:w #1 \q_stop + } + } + \seq_map_function:NN \c_xtemplate_keytypes_arg_seq + \xtemplate_split_keytype_arg_aux:n + } +\cs_generate_variant:Nn \xtemplate_split_keytype_arg:n { o } +\cs_new_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_split_keytype_arg_aux:n #1 { } +\cs_new_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_split_keytype_arg_aux:w #1 \q_stop { } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_store_value_boolean:n #1 + { + \xtemplate_if_eval_now:nTF {#1} + { + \bool_if:cTF { c_ #1 _bool } + { + \prop_put:Non \l_xtemplate_values_prop \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl + { true } + } + { + \prop_put:Non \l_xtemplate_values_prop \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl + { false } + } + } + { + \prop_put:Non \l_xtemplate_values_prop \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl {#1} + } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_store_value_code:n #1 + { \prop_put:Non \l_xtemplate_values_prop \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl {#1} } +\cs_new_eq:NN \xtemplate_store_value_choice:n \xtemplate_store_value_code:n +\cs_new_eq:NN \xtemplate_store_value_commalist:n \xtemplate_store_value_code:n +\cs_new_eq:NN \xtemplate_store_value_function:n \xtemplate_store_value_code:n +\cs_new_eq:NN \xtemplate_store_value_instance:n \xtemplate_store_value_code:n +\cs_new_eq:NN \xtemplate_store_value_real:n \xtemplate_store_value_code:n +\cs_new_eq:NN \xtemplate_store_value_tokenlist:n \xtemplate_store_value_code:n +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_store_value_integer:n #1 + { + \xtemplate_if_eval_now:nTF {#1} + { + \int_set:Nn \l_xtemplate_tmp_int {#1} + \prop_put:NVV \l_xtemplate_values_prop \l_xtemplate_key_name_int + \l_xtemplate_tmp_int + } + { + \prop_put:Non \l_xtemplate_values_prop \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl {#1} + } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_store_value_length:n #1 + { + \xtemplate_if_eval_now:nTF {#1} + { + \dim_set:Nn \l_xtemplate_tmp_dim {#1} + \prop_put:NVV \l_xtemplate_values_prop \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl + \l_xtemplate_tmp_dim + } + { + \prop_put:Non \l_xtemplate_values_prop \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl {#1} + } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_store_value_muskip:n #1 + { + \xtemplate_if_eval_now:nTF {#1} + { + \muskip_set:Nn \l_xtemplate_tmp_muskip {#1} + \prop_put:NVV \l_xtemplate_values_prop \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl + \l_xtemplate_tmp_muskip + } + { + \prop_put:Non \l_xtemplate_values_prop \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl {#1} + } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_store_value_skip:n #1 + { + \xtemplate_if_eval_now:nTF {#1} + { + \skip_set:Nn \l_xtemplate_tmp_skip {#1} + \prop_put:NVV \l_xtemplate_values_prop \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl + \l_xtemplate_tmp_skip + } + { + \prop_put:Non \l_xtemplate_values_prop \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl {#1} + } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_declare_template_code:nnnnn #1#2#3#4#5 + { + \xtemplate_execute_if_type_exist:nT {#1} + { + \xtemplate_execute_if_arg_agree:nnT {#1}{#3} + { + \xtemplate_if_keys_exist:nnT {#1} {#2} + { + \xtemplate_store_key_implementation:nnn {#1} {#2} {#4} + \cs_generate_from_arg_count:cNnn + { \c_xtemplate_code_root_tl #1 / #2 } + \cs_gset_protected:Npn {#3} {#5} + } + } + } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_store_key_implementation:nnn #1#2#3 + { + \xtemplate_recover_defaults:n { #1 / #2 } + \xtemplate_recover_keytypes:n { #1 / #2 } + \prop_clear:N \l_xtemplate_vars_prop + \keyval_parse:NNn + \xtemplate_parse_vars_elt:n \xtemplate_parse_vars_elt:nn {#3} + \xtemplate_store_vars:n { #1 / #2 } + \clist_clear:N \l_xtemplate_restrict_clist + \xtemplate_store_restrictions:n { #1 / #2 } + \prop_if_empty:NF \l_xtemplate_keytypes_prop + { + \prop_map_inline:Nn \l_xtemplate_keytypes_prop + { + \msg_error:nnxxx { xtemplate } { key-not-implemented } + {##1} {#2} {#1} + } + } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_parse_vars_elt:n #1 + { \msg_error:nnx { xtemplate } { key-no-variable } {#1} } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_parse_vars_elt:nn #1#2 + { + \tl_set:Nx \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl { \tl_to_str:n {#1} } + \tl_remove_all:Nn \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl { ~ } + \prop_if_in:NoTF \l_xtemplate_keytypes_prop \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl + { + \prop_get:NoN \l_xtemplate_keytypes_prop \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl + \l_xtemplate_keytype_tl + \xtemplate_split_keytype_arg:o \l_xtemplate_keytype_tl + \xtemplate_parse_vars_elt_aux:n {#2} + \prop_del:NV \l_xtemplate_keytypes_prop \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl + } + { \msg_error:nnx { xtemplate } { unknown-key } {#1} } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_parse_vars_elt_aux:n #1 + { + \str_if_eq:onTF \l_xtemplate_keytype_tl { choice } + { \xtemplate_implement_choices:n {#1} } + { + \str_if_eq:onTF \l_xtemplate_keytype_tl { code } + { + \prop_put:Non \l_xtemplate_vars_prop + \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl {#1} + } + { + \str_if_eq:noTF {#1} { \tl_head:w #1 \q_stop } + { + \cs_if_exist:NTF #1 + { + \prop_put:Non \l_xtemplate_vars_prop + \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl {#1} + } + { + \msg_error:nnx { xtemplate } + { variable-not-declared } + { \token_to_str:N #1 } + } + } + { + \tl_if_in:nnTF {#1} { global } + { \xtemplate_parse_vars_elt_aux:w #1 \q_stop } + { + \msg_error:nnx { xtemplate } { bad-variable } + { \tl_to_str:n {#1} } + } + } + } + } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_parse_vars_elt_aux:w #1 global #2 \q_stop + { + \tl_if_empty:nTF {#1} + { + \str_if_eq:noTF {#2} { \tl_head:w #2 \q_stop } + { + \cs_if_exist:NTF #2 + { + \prop_put:Non \l_xtemplate_vars_prop + \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl { #1 global #2 } + } + { + \msg_error:nnx { xtemplate } + { variable-not-declared } { \token_to_str:N #2 } + } + } + { + \msg_error:nnx { xtemplate } { bad-variable } + { \tl_to_str:n { #1 global #2 } } + } + } + { + \msg_error:nnx { xtemplate } { bad-variable } + { \tl_to_str:n { #1 global #2 } } + } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_implement_choices:n #1 + { + \clist_set_eq:NN \l_xtemplate_tmp_clist \l_xtemplate_keytype_arg_tl + \prop_put:Non \l_xtemplate_vars_prop \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl { } + \keyval_parse:NNn + \xtemplate_implement_choice_elt:n \xtemplate_implement_choice_elt:nn + {#1} + \prop_if_in:NoT \l_xtemplate_values_prop \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl + { \xtemplate_implement_choices_default: } + \clist_if_empty:NF \l_xtemplate_tmp_clist + { + \clist_map_inline:Nn \l_xtemplate_tmp_clist + { + \msg_error:nnx { xtemplate } { choice-not-implemented } + {##1} + } + } + } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_implement_choices_default: + { + \prop_get:NoN \l_xtemplate_values_prop \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl + \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + \tl_set:Nx \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + { \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl \c_space_tl \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl } + \prop_if_in:NoF \l_xtemplate_vars_prop \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + { + \tl_set:Nx \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + { \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl \c_space_tl \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl } + \prop_if_in:NoF \l_xtemplate_vars_prop \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + { + \prop_get:NoN \l_xtemplate_keytypes_prop \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl + \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + \xtemplate_split_keytype_arg:o \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + \prop_get:NoN \l_xtemplate_values_prop \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl + \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + \msg_error:nnxxx { xtemplate } { unknown-default-choice } + { \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl } { \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl } + { \l_xtemplate_keytype_arg_tl } + } + } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_implement_choice_elt:n #1 + { + \clist_if_empty:NTF \l_xtemplate_tmp_clist + { + \str_if_eq:nnF {#1} { unknown } + { + \prop_get:NoN \l_xtemplate_keytypes_prop \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl + \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + \xtemplate_split_keytype_arg:o \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + \msg_error:nnxxx { xtemplate } { unknown-choice } + { \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl } {#1} + { \l_xtemplate_keytype_arg_tl } + } + } + { + \clist_if_in:NnTF \l_xtemplate_tmp_clist {#1} + { \clist_remove_element:Nn \l_xtemplate_tmp_clist {#1} } + { + \prop_get:NoN \l_xtemplate_keytypes_prop \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl + \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + \xtemplate_split_keytype_arg:o \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + \msg_error:nnxxx { xtemplate } { unknown-choice } + { \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl } {#1} + { \l_xtemplate_keytype_arg_tl } + } + } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_implement_choice_elt:nn #1#2 + { + \xtemplate_implement_choice_elt:n {#1} + \tl_set:Nx \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + { \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl \c_space_tl #1 } + \prop_put:Non \l_xtemplate_vars_prop \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl {#2} + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_declare_restricted:nnnn #1#2#3#4 + { + \xtemplate_if_keys_exist:nnT {#1} {#2} + { + \xtemplate_set_template_eq:nn { #1 / #3 } { #1 / #2 } + \bool_set_true:N \l_xtemplate_restrict_bool + \xtemplate_edit_defaults_aux:nnn {#1} {#3} {#4} + } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_edit_defaults:nnn + { + \bool_set_false:N \l_xtemplate_restrict_bool + \xtemplate_edit_defaults_aux:nnn + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_edit_defaults_aux:nnn #1#2#3 + { + \xtemplate_if_keys_exist:nnT {#1} {#2} + { + \xtemplate_recover_defaults:n { #1 / #2 } + \xtemplate_recover_restrictions:n { #1 / #2 } + \xtemplate_parse_values:nn { #1 / #2 } {#3} + \xtemplate_store_defaults:n { #1 / #2 } + \xtemplate_store_restrictions:n { #1 / #2 } + } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_parse_values:nn #1#2 + { + \xtemplate_recover_keytypes:n {#1} + \clist_clear:N \l_xtemplate_restrict_clist + \keyval_parse:NNn + \xtemplate_parse_values_elt:n \xtemplate_parse_values_elt:nn {#2} + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_parse_values_elt:n #1 + { + \bool_set_true:N \l_xtemplate_error_bool + \msg_error:nnx { xtemplate } { key-no-value } {#1} + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_parse_values_elt:nn #1#2 + { + \tl_set:Nx \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl { \tl_to_str:n {#1} } + \tl_remove_all:Nn \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl { ~ } + \prop_if_in:NoTF \l_xtemplate_keytypes_prop \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl + { + \bool_if:NTF \l_xtemplate_restrict_bool + { + \clist_if_in:NoF \l_xtemplate_restrict_clist + \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl + { + \xtemplate_parse_values_elt_aux:on + \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl {#2} + } + } + { \xtemplate_parse_values_elt_aux:on \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl {#2} } + } + { + \msg_error:nnx { xtemplate } { unknown-key } + { \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl } + } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_parse_values_elt_aux:nn #1#2 + { + \clist_put_right:Nn \l_xtemplate_restrict_clist {#1} + \prop_get:NnN \l_xtemplate_keytypes_prop {#1} \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + \xtemplate_split_keytype_arg:o \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + \use:c { xtemplate_store_value_ \l_xtemplate_keytype_tl :n } {#2} + } +\cs_generate_variant:Nn \xtemplate_parse_values_elt_aux:nn { o } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_set_template_eq:nn #1#2 + { + \xtemplate_recover_defaults:n {#2} + \xtemplate_store_defaults:n {#1} + \xtemplate_recover_keytypes:n {#2} + \xtemplate_store_keytypes:n {#1} + \xtemplate_recover_vars:n {#2} + \xtemplate_store_vars:n {#1} + \cs_gset_eq:cc { \c_xtemplate_code_root_tl #1 } + { \c_xtemplate_code_root_tl #2 } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_declare_instance:nnnnn #1#2#3#4#5 + { + \xtemplate_execute_if_code_exist:nnT {#1} {#2} + { + \xtemplate_recover_defaults:n { #1 / #2 } + \xtemplate_recover_vars:n { #1 / #2 } + \xtemplate_declare_instance_aux:nnnnn {#1} {#2} {#3} {#4} {#5} + } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_declare_instance_aux:nnnnn #1#2#3#4#5 + { + \bool_set_false:N \l_xtemplate_error_bool + \xtemplate_parse_values:nn { #1 / #2 } {#5} + \bool_if:NF \l_xtemplate_error_bool + { + \prop_put:Nnn \l_xtemplate_values_prop { from~template } {#2} + \xtemplate_store_values:n { #1 / #3 / #4 } + \xtemplate_convert_to_assignments: + \cs_set_protected:cpx { \c_xtemplate_instances_root_tl #1 / #3 / #4 } + { + \exp_not:N \xtemplate_assignments_push:n + { \exp_not:o \l_xtemplate_assignments_tl } + \exp_not:c { \c_xtemplate_code_root_tl #1 / #2 } + } + \xtemplate_if_instance_exist:nnnF {#1} { } {#4} + { + \cs_set_eq:cc + { \c_xtemplate_instances_root_tl #1 / / #4 } + { \c_xtemplate_instances_root_tl #1 / #3 / #4 } + } + } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_edit_instance:nnnn #1#2#3 + { + \xtemplate_if_instance_exist:nnnTF {#1} {#2} {#3} + { + \xtemplate_recover_values:n { #1 / #2 / #3 } + \prop_get:NnN \l_xtemplate_values_prop { from~template } + \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + \xtemplate_edit_instance_aux:nonnn {#1} \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + {#2} {#3} + } + { + \msg_error:nnxx { xtemplate } { unknown-instance } + {#1} {#3} + } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_edit_instance_aux:nnnnn #1#2 + { + \xtemplate_recover_vars:n { #1 / #2 } + \xtemplate_declare_instance_aux:nnnnn {#1} {#2} + } +\cs_generate_variant:Nn \xtemplate_edit_instance_aux:nnnnn { no } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_convert_to_assignments: + { + \tl_clear:N \l_xtemplate_assignments_tl + \seq_map_function:NN \l_xtemplate_key_order_seq + \xtemplate_convert_to_assignments_aux:n + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_convert_to_assignments_aux:n #1 + { + \prop_get:NnN \l_xtemplate_keytypes_prop {#1} \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + \xtemplate_convert_to_assignments_aux:no {#1} \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_convert_to_assignments_aux:nn #1#2 + { + \prop_if_in:NnT \l_xtemplate_values_prop {#1} + { + \prop_if_in:NnTF \l_xtemplate_vars_prop {#1} + { + \prop_get:NnN \l_xtemplate_values_prop {#1} \l_xtemplate_value_tl + \prop_get:NnN \l_xtemplate_vars_prop {#1} \l_xtemplate_var_tl + \xtemplate_split_keytype_arg:n {#2} + \str_if_eq:onF \l_xtemplate_keytype_tl { choice } + { + \str_if_eq:onF \l_xtemplate_keytype_tl { code } + { \xtemplate_find_global: } + } + \tl_set:Nn \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl {#1} + \use:c { xtemplate_assign_ \l_xtemplate_keytype_tl : } + } + { \msg_error:nnx { xtemplate } { unknown-attribute } {#1} } + } + } +\cs_generate_variant:Nn \xtemplate_convert_to_assignments_aux:nn { no } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_find_global: + { + \bool_set_false:N \l_xtemplate_global_bool + \tl_if_in:onT \l_xtemplate_var_tl { global } + { + \exp_after:wN \xtemplate_find_global_aux:w \l_xtemplate_var_tl \q_stop + } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_find_global_aux:w #1 global #2 \q_stop + { + \tl_set:Nn \l_xtemplate_var_tl {#2} + \bool_set_true:N \l_xtemplate_global_bool + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_use_template:nnn #1#2#3 + { + \xtemplate_execute_if_code_exist:nnT {#1} {#2} + { + \xtemplate_recover_defaults:n { #1 / #2 } + \xtemplate_recover_vars:n { #1 / #2 } + \xtemplate_parse_values:nn { #1 / #2 } {#3} + \xtemplate_convert_to_assignments: + \use:c { \c_xtemplate_code_root_tl #1 / #2 } + } + } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_assign_boolean: + { + \bool_if:NTF \l_xtemplate_global_bool + { \xtemplate_assign_boolean_aux:n { bool_gset } } + { \xtemplate_assign_boolean_aux:n { bool_set } } + } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_assign_boolean_aux:n #1 + { + \xtemplate_if_key_value:oT \l_xtemplate_value_tl + { \xtemplate_key_to_value: } + \tl_put_left:Nx \l_xtemplate_assignments_tl + { + \exp_not:c { #1 _ \l_xtemplate_value_tl :N } + \exp_not:o \l_xtemplate_var_tl + } + } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_assign_choice: + { + \tl_set:Nx \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + { \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl \c_space_tl \l_xtemplate_value_tl } + \prop_if_in:NoTF \l_xtemplate_vars_prop \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + { \xtemplate_assign_choice_aux:o \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl } + { + \tl_set:Nx \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + { \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl \c_space_tl unknown } + \prop_if_in:NoTF \l_xtemplate_vars_prop \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + { \xtemplate_assign_choice_aux:o \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl } + { + \prop_get:NoN \l_xtemplate_keytypes_prop \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl + \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + \xtemplate_split_keytype_arg:o \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + \msg_error:nnxxx { xtemplate } { unknown-choice } + { \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl } { \l_xtemplate_value_tl } + { \l_xtemplate_keytype_arg_tl } + } + } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_assign_choice_aux:n #1 + { + \prop_get:NnN \l_xtemplate_vars_prop {#1} \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + \tl_put_right:No \l_xtemplate_assignments_tl \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + } +\cs_generate_variant:Nn \xtemplate_assign_choice_aux:n { o } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_assign_code: + { + \tl_put_left:Nx \l_xtemplate_assignments_tl + { + \cs_set_protected:Npn \xtemplate_assign_code:n \exp_not:n {##1} + { \exp_not:o \l_xtemplate_var_tl } + \xtemplate_assign_code:n { \exp_not:o \l_xtemplate_value_tl } + } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_assign_code:n #1 { } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_assign_function: + { + \bool_if:NTF \l_xtemplate_global_bool + { \xtemplate_assign_function_aux:N \cs_gset:Npn } + { \xtemplate_assign_function_aux:N \cs_set:Npn } + } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_assign_function_aux:N #1 + { + \tl_put_left:Nx \l_xtemplate_assignments_tl + { + \cs_generate_from_arg_count:NNnn + \exp_not:o \l_xtemplate_var_tl + \exp_not:N #1 + { \exp_not:o \l_xtemplate_keytype_arg_tl } + { \exp_not:o \l_xtemplate_value_tl } + } + } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_assign_instance: + { + \bool_if:NTF \l_xtemplate_global_bool + { \xtemplate_assign_instance_aux:N \cs_gset_protected:Npn } + { \xtemplate_assign_instance_aux:N \cs_set_protected:Npn } + } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_assign_instance_aux:N #1 + { + \tl_put_left:Nx \l_xtemplate_assignments_tl + { + \exp_not:N #1 \exp_not:o \l_xtemplate_var_tl + { + \xtemplate_use_instance:nn + { \exp_not:o \l_xtemplate_keytype_arg_tl } + { \exp_not:o \l_xtemplate_value_tl } + } + } + } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_assign_integer: + { + \bool_if:NTF \l_xtemplate_global_bool + { \xtemplate_assign_variable:N \int_gset:Nn } + { \xtemplate_assign_variable:N \int_set:Nn } + } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_assign_length: + { + \bool_if:NTF \l_xtemplate_global_bool + { \xtemplate_assign_variable:N \dim_gset:Nn } + { \xtemplate_assign_variable:N \dim_set:Nn } +} +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_assign_muskip: + { + \bool_if:NTF \l_xtemplate_global_bool + { \xtemplate_assign_variable:N \muskip_gset:Nn } + { \xtemplate_assign_variable:N \muskip_set:Nn } + } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_assign_real: + { + \bool_if:NTF \l_xtemplate_global_bool + { \xtemplate_assign_variable:N \fp_gset:Nn } + { \xtemplate_assign_variable:N \fp_set:Nn } + } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_assign_skip: + { + \bool_if:NTF \l_xtemplate_global_bool + { \xtemplate_assign_variable:N \skip_gset:Nn } + { \xtemplate_assign_variable:N \skip_set:Nn } + } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_assign_tokenlist: + { + \bool_if:NTF \l_xtemplate_global_bool + { \xtemplate_assign_tokenlist_aux:N \tl_gset:Nn } + { \xtemplate_assign_tokenlist_aux:N \tl_set:Nn } + } +\cs_new_eq:NN \xtemplate_assign_commalist: \xtemplate_assign_tokenlist: +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_assign_tokenlist_aux:N #1 + { + \xtemplate_if_key_value:oT \l_xtemplate_value_tl + { \xtemplate_key_to_value: } + \tl_put_left:Nx \l_xtemplate_assignments_tl + { + #1 \exp_not:o \l_xtemplate_var_tl + { \exp_not:o \l_xtemplate_value_tl } + } + } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_assign_variable:N #1 + { + \xtemplate_if_key_value:oT \l_xtemplate_value_tl + { \xtemplate_key_to_value: } + \tl_put_left:Nx \l_xtemplate_assignments_tl + { + #1 \exp_not:o \l_xtemplate_var_tl + { \exp_not:o \l_xtemplate_value_tl } + } + } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_key_to_value: + { \exp_after:wN \xtemplate_key_to_value_aux:w \l_xtemplate_value_tl } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_key_to_value_aux:w \KeyValue #1 + { + \tl_set:Nx \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl { \tl_to_str:n {#1} } + \tl_remove_all:Nn \l_xtemplate_key_name_tl { ~ } + \prop_if_in:NoTF \l_xtemplate_vars_prop \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + { + \prop_get:NoN \l_xtemplate_vars_prop \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + \l_xtemplate_value_tl + } + { + \msg_error:nnx { xtemplate } { unknown-attribute } + { \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl } + } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_use_instance:nn #1#2 + { + \xtemplate_if_use_template:nTF {#2} + { \xtemplate_use_instance_aux:nNnnn {#1} #2 } + { \xtemplate_use_instance_aux:nn {#1} {#2} } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_use_instance_aux:nNnnn #1#2#3#4#5 + { + \str_if_eq:nnTF {#1} {#3} + { \xtemplate_use_template:nnn {#3} {#4} {#5} } + { \msg_error:nnxx { xtemplate } { type-mismatch } {#1} {#3} } +} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_use_instance_aux:nn #1#2 + { + \xtemplate_get_collection:n {#1} + \xtemplate_if_instance_exist:nnnTF + {#1} { \l_xtemplate_collection_tl } {#2} + { + \use:c + { + \c_xtemplate_instances_root_tl #1 / + \l_xtemplate_collection_tl / #2 + } + } + { + \xtemplate_if_instance_exist:nnnTF {#1} { } {#2} + { \use:c { \c_xtemplate_instances_root_tl #1 / / #2 } } + { + \msg_error:nnxx { xtemplate } { unknown-instance } + {#1} {#2} + } + } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_use_collection:nn #1#2 + { \prop_put:Nnn \l_xtemplate_collections_prop {#1} {#2} } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_get_collection:n #1 + { + \prop_if_in:NnTF \l_xtemplate_collections_prop {#1} + { + \prop_get:NnN \l_xtemplate_collections_prop {#1} + \l_xtemplate_collection_tl + } + { \tl_clear:N \l_xtemplate_collection_tl } + } +\cs_new_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_assignments_pop: { \l_xtemplate_assignments_tl } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \xtemplate_assignments_push:n #1 + { \tl_set:Nn \l_xtemplate_assignments_tl {#1} } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_show_code:nn #1#2 + { \cs_show:c { \c_xtemplate_code_root_tl #1 / #2 } } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_show_defaults:nn #1#2 + { + \xtemplate_if_keys_exist:nnT {#1} {#2} + { + \xtemplate_recover_defaults:n { #1 / #2 } + \xtemplate_show:Nnnn \l_xtemplate_values_prop + {#1} {#2} { default~values } + } + } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_show_keytypes:nn #1#2 + { + \xtemplate_if_keys_exist:nnT {#1} {#2} + { + \xtemplate_recover_keytypes:n { #1 / #2 } + \xtemplate_show:Nnnn \l_xtemplate_keytypes_prop + {#1} {#2} { interface } + } + } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_show_vars:nn #1#2 + { + \xtemplate_execute_if_code_exist:nnT {#1} {#2} + { + \xtemplate_recover_vars:n { #1 / #2 } + \xtemplate_show:Nnnn \l_xtemplate_vars_prop + {#1} {#2} { variable~mapping } + } + } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_show:Nnnn #1#2#3#4 + { + \prop_if_empty:NTF #1 + { + \iow_term:x { Template~'#3'~of~object~type~'#2'~has~no~#4 . } + \tl_show:n { } + } + { + \iow_term:x { Template~'#3'~of~object~type~'#2'~has~ #4 : } + \tl_set:Nx \l_prop_show_tl + { \prop_map_function:NN #1 \xtemplate_show_aux:nn } + \etex_showtokens:D \exp_after:wN \exp_after:wN \exp_after:wN + { \exp_after:wN \prop_show_aux:w \l_prop_show_tl } + } +} +\cs_new:Npn \xtemplate_show_aux:nn #1#2 + { + \iow_newline: > \c_space_tl \c_space_tl + #1 + \c_space_tl \c_space_tl => \c_space_tl \c_space_tl + \exp_not:n {#2} + } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \xtemplate_show_values:nnn #1#2#3 + { + \xtemplate_if_instance_exist:nnnT {#1} {#2} {#3} + { + \xtemplate_recover_values:n { #1 / #2 / #3 } + \prop_if_empty:NTF \l_xtemplate_values_prop + { + \iow_term:x + { + \tl_if_empty:nTF {#2} + { Instance~'#3'~ } + { Collection instance~'#3'~(from~collection~'#2')~ } + of~object~type~'#1'~has~no~values. + } + \tl_show:n { } + } + { + \prop_pop:NnN \l_xtemplate_values_prop { from~template } + \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + \iow_term:x + { + \tl_if_empty:nTF {#2} + { Instance~'#3'~ } + { Collection instance~'#3'~(from~collection~'#2')~ } + of~object~type~'#1' + \quark_if_no_value:NF \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl + { ~(from~template~' \l_xtemplate_tmp_tl ')~ } + has~values: + } + \tl_set:Nx \l_prop_show_tl + { + \prop_map_function:NN \l_xtemplate_values_prop + \xtemplate_show_aux:nn + } + \etex_showtokens:D \exp_after:wN \exp_after:wN \exp_after:wN + { \exp_after:wN \prop_show_aux:w \l_prop_show_tl } + } + } + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xtemplate } { argument-number-mismatch } + { Object~type~'#1'~takes~#2~argument(s). } + { + \c_msg_coding_error_text_tl + Objects~of~type~'#1'~require~#2~argument(s).\\ + You~have~tried~to~make~a~template~for~'#1'~ + with~#3~argument(s),~which~is~not~possible:~ + the~number~of~arguments~must~agree. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xtemplate } { bad-number-of-arguments } + { Bad~number~of~arguments~for~object~type~'#1'. } + { + \c_msg_coding_error_text_tl + An~object~may~accept~between~0~and~9~arguments.\\ + You~asked~to~use~#2~arguments:~this~is~not~supported. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xtemplate } { bad-variable } + { Incorrect~variable~description. } + { + The~argument~'#1'~is~not~of~the~form \\ + ~~'<variable>'\\ + ~or~\\ + ~~'global~<variable>'.\\ + It~must~be~given~in~one~of~these~formats~to~be~used~in~a~template. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xtemplate } { choice-not-implemented } + { The~choice~'#1'~has~no~implementation. } + { + Each~choice~listed~in~the~interface~for~a~template~must~ + have~an~implementation. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xtemplate } { choice-no-code } + { The~choice~'#1'~requires~implementation~details. } + { + \c_msg_coding_error_text_tl + When~creating~template~code~using~\DeclareTemplateCode,~ + each~choice~name~must~have~an~associated~implementation.\\ + This~should~be~given~after~a~'='~sign:~LaTeX~did~not~find~one. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xtemplate } { duplicate-key-interface } + { Key~'#1'~appears~twice~in~interface~definition~\msg_line_context:. } + { + \c_msg_coding_error_text_tl + Each~key~can~only~have~one~interface~declared~in~a~template.\\ + LaTeX~found~two~interfaces~for~'#1'. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xtemplate } { keytype-requires-argument } + { The~key~type~'#1'~requires~an~argument~\msg_line_context:. } + { + You~should~have~put:\\ + \ \ <key-name>~:~#1~{~<argument>~} \\ + but~LaTeX~did~not~find~an~<argument>. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xtemplate } { invalid-keytype } + { The~key~'#1'~is~missing~a~key-type~\msg_line_context:. } + { + \c_msg_coding_error_text_tl + Each~key~in~a~template~requires~a~key-type,~given~in~the~form:\\ + \ \ <key>~:~<key-type>\\ + LaTeX~could~not~find~a~<key-type>~in~your~input. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xtemplate } { key-no-value } + { The~key~'#1'~has~no~value~\msg_line_context:. } + { + \c_msg_coding_error_text_tl + When~creating~an~instance~of~a~template~ + every~key~listed~must~include~a~value:\\ + \ \ <key>~=~<value> + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xtemplate } { key-no-variable } + { The~key~'#1'~requires~implementation~details~\msg_line_context:. } + { + \c_msg_coding_error_text_tl + When~creating~template~code~using~\DeclareTemplateCode,~ + each~key~name~must~have~an~associated~implementation.\\ + This~should~be~given~after~a~'='~sign:~LaTeX~did~not~find~one. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xtemplate } { key-not-implemented } + { Key~'#1'~has~no~implementation~\msg_line_context:. } + { + \c_msg_coding_error_text_tl + The~definition~of~key~implementations~for~template~'#2'~ + of~object~type~'#3'~does~not~include~any~details~for~key~'#1'.\\ + The~key~was~declared~in~the~interface~definition,~ + and~so~an~implementation~is~required. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xtemplate } { missing-keytype } + { The~key~'#1'~is missing~a~key-type~\msg_line_context:. } + { + \c_msg_coding_error_text_tl + Key~interface~definitions~should~be~of~the~form\\ + \ \ #1~:~<key-type>\\ + but~LaTeX~could~not~find~a~<key-type>. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xtemplate } { no-template-code } + { + The~template~'#2'~of~type~'#1'~is~unknown~ + or~has~no~implementation. + } + { + \c_msg_coding_error_text_tl + There~is~no~code~available~for~the~template~name~given.\\ + This~should~be~given~using~\DeclareTemplateCode. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xtemplate } { object-type-mismatch } + { Object~types~'#1'~and~'#2'~do~not~agree. } + { + You~are~trying~to~use~a~template~directly~with~\UseInstance + (or~a~similar~function),~but~the~object~types~do~not~match. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xtemplate } { unknown-attribute } + { The~template~attribute~'#1'~is~unknown. } + { + There~is~a~definition~in~the~current~template~reading\\ + \ \ \token_to_str:N \KeyValue {~#1~} \\ + but~there~is~no~key~called~'#1'. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xtemplate } { unknown-choice } + { The~choice~'#2'~was~not~declared~for~key~'#1'. } + { + The~key~'#1'~takes~a~fixed~list~of~choices~ + and~this~list~does~not~include~'#2'. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xtemplate } { unknown-default-choice } + { The~default~choice~'#2'~was~not~declared~for~key~'#1'. } + { + The~key~'#1'~takes~a~fixed~list~of~choices~ + and~this~list~does~not~include~'#2'. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xtemplate } { unknown-instance } + { The~instance~'#2'~of~type~'#1'~is~unknown. } + { + You~have~asked~to~use~an~instance~'#2',~ + but~this~has~not~been~created. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xtemplate } { unknown-key } + { Unknown~template~key~'#1'. } + { + \c_msg_coding_error_text_tl + The~key~'#1'~was~not~declared~in~the~interface~ + for~the~current~template. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xtemplate } { unknown-keytype } + { The~key-type~'#1'~is~unknown. } + { + \c_msg_coding_error_text_tl + Valid~key-types~are:\\ + -~boolean;\\ + -~choice;\\ + -~code;\\ + -~commalist;\\ + -~function;\\ + -~instance;\\ + -~integer;\\ + -~length;\\ + -~muskip;\\ + -~real;\\ + -~skip;\\ + -~tokenlist. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xtemplate } { unknown-object-type } + { The~object~type~'#1'~is~unknown. } + { + \c_msg_coding_error_text_tl + An~object~type~needs~to~be~declared~with~\DeclareObjectType + prior~to~using~it. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xtemplate } { unknown-template } + { The~template~'#2'~of~type~'#1'~is~unknown. } + { + No~interface~has~been~declared~for~a~template~ + '#2'~of~object~type~'#1'. + } +\msg_new:nnnn { xtemplate } { variable-not-declared } + { The~variable~'#1'~has~not~been~declared. } + { + Before~declaring~an~instance,~all~of~the~required~variables~ + used~in~template~keys~must~be~created. + } +\msg_new:nnn { xtemplate } { declare-object-type } + { Declaring~object~type~'#1'~taking~#2~argument(s)~\msg_line_context:. } +\msg_new:nnn { xtemplate } { declare-template-code } + { Declaring~code~for~template~'#2'~of~object~type'#1'~\msg_line_context:. } +\msg_new:nnn { xtemplate } { declare-template-interface } + { + Declaring~interface~for~template~'#2'~of~object~type~'#1'~ + \msg_line_context:. + } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \DeclareObjectType #1#2 + { \xtemplate_declare_object_type:nn {#1} {#2} } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \DeclareTemplateInterface #1#2#3#4 + { \xtemplate_declare_template_keys:nnnn {#1} {#2} {#3} {#4} } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \DeclareTemplateCode #1#2#3#4#5 + { \xtemplate_declare_template_code:nnnnn {#1} {#2} {#3} {#4} {#5} } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \DeclareRestrictedTemplate #1#2#3#4 + { \xtemplate_declare_restricted:nnnn {#1} {#2} {#3} {#4} } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \DeclareInstance #1#2#3#4 + { \xtemplate_declare_instance:nnnnn {#1} {#3} { } {#2} {#4} } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \DeclareCollectionInstance #1#2#3#4#5 + { \xtemplate_declare_instance:nnnnn {#2} {#4} {#1} {#3} {#5} } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \EditTemplateDefaults #1#2#3 + { \xtemplate_edit_defaults:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3} } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \EditInstance #1#2#3 + { \xtemplate_edit_instance:nnnn {#1} { } {#2} {#3} } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \EditCollectionInstance #1#2#3#4 + { \xtemplate_edit_instance:nnnn {#2} {#1} {#3} {#4} } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \UseTemplate #1#2#3 + { \xtemplate_use_template:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3} } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \UseInstance #1#2 + { \xtemplate_use_instance:nn {#1} {#2} } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \UseCollection #1#2 + { \xtemplate_use_collection:nn {#1} {#2} } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \ShowTemplateCode #1#2 + { \xtemplate_show_code:nn {#1} {#2} } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \ShowTemplateDefaults #1#2 + { \xtemplate_show_defaults:nn {#1} {#2} } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \ShowTemplateInterface #1#2 + { \xtemplate_show_keytypes:nn {#1} {#2} } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \ShowTemplateVariables #1#2 + { \xtemplate_show_vars:nn {#1} {#2} } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \ShowInstanceValues #1#2 + { \xtemplate_show_values:nnn {#1} { } {#2} } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \ShowCollectionInstanceValues #1#2#3 + { \xtemplate_show_values:nnn {#1} {#2} {#3} } +\cs_new_nopar:Npn \IfInstanceExistTF #1#2 + { \xtemplate_if_instance_exist:nnnTF {#1} { } {#2} } +\cs_new_nopar:Npn \IfInstanceExistT #1#2 + { \xtemplate_if_instance_exist:nnnT {#1} { } {#2} } +\cs_new_nopar:Npn \IfInstanceExistF #1#2 + { \xtemplate_if_instance_exist:nnnF {#1} { } {#2} } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \EvaluateNow #1 {#1} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \KeyValue #1 {#1} +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \AssignTemplateKeys + { \xtemplate_assignments_pop: } +\cs_new_eq:NN \ShowTemplateKeytypes \ShowTemplateInterface +%% +%% +%% End of file `xtemplate.sty'. diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/bin/tlpkg-ctan-check b/Master/tlpkg/bin/tlpkg-ctan-check index 27c3fad9b79..3e0750a5e88 100755 --- a/Master/tlpkg/bin/tlpkg-ctan-check +++ b/Master/tlpkg/bin/tlpkg-ctan-check @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ my @TLP_working = qw( knitting knittingpattern knuth koma-moderncvclassic koma-script kpfonts kurier l2picfaq l2tabu l2tabu-english l2tabu-french l2tabu-it l2tabu-spanish - l3kernel + l3kernel l3packages labbook labelcas labels lastpage latex latex-bib-ex latex-course latex-doc-ptr latex-notes-zh-cn latex-referenz latex-tabellen diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/collection-latexrecommended.tlpsrc b/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/collection-latexrecommended.tlpsrc index 8ad7bb8bdde..517208ba64d 100644 --- a/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/collection-latexrecommended.tlpsrc +++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/collection-latexrecommended.tlpsrc @@ -26,6 +26,7 @@ depend index depend jknapltx depend koma-script depend l3kernel +depend l3packages depend listings depend mdwtools depend memoir diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/l3packages.tlpsrc b/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/l3packages.tlpsrc new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e69de29bb2d --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/l3packages.tlpsrc |